D-Link DWS-3160-24TC DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide

D-Link DWS-3160-24TC Manual

Get D-Link DWS-3160-24TC PDF manuals and user guides View all D-Link DWS-3160-24TC manuals
Add to My Manuals
Save this manual to your list of manuals

D-Link DWS-3160-24TC manual content summary:

  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 1
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 2
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Table of Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 DHCP Server Screening Command List 288 D-Link License Management System (DLMS) Command List 291 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS) Command List 293 Filter Command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 3
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide List 387 Link Aggregation Command List 389 Link Layer Discovery Quality of Service (QoS) Command List 550 Remote Switched Port Analyzer Support Command List 601 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Command List 604 Single IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 4
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 71 Chapter 72 Chapter 73 Chapter 74 Wireless Managed AP Command List 763 Wireless Network Command List 784 Wireless Peer Switch Command List 800 Wireless Provisioning and Mutual Authentication Command List 808 Wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 5
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 1 Using Command Line Interface The Switch can be managed through the Switch manage the Switch via the serial port or TELNET interfaces. This manual provides a 2000 Service Pack 2 or later is installed. Windows 2000 Service
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 6
    , the login screen appears (see example below). DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. UserName: PassWord: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# By default, there is no Username and Password configured in the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 7
    DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show switch Command: show switch Device Type : DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch MAC Address : 00-11-22-33-45-67 IP Address : 10.90.90.90 (Manual) VLAN Name : default Subnet Mask : 255.0.0.0 Default Gateway : 0.0.0.0 Boot PROM Version : Build 1.00.001 Firmware
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 8
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config ipif System ipaddress 10.90.90.91/8 Command: config ipif System ipaddress 10.90.90.91/8 Success. DWS-3160-24PC 91/255.0.0.0'. The Switch can now be configured and accessed using TELNET or the Web-based management. The Switch's IP address can also
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 9
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config account Command: config account Next possible completions: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# In this case, the command 'config account' was entered with the parameter . The CLI will then prompt to enter
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 10
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide switch syslog system_severity tech_support terminal time time_range traffic traffic_segmentation trap trusted_host utilization vlan vlan_translation vlan_trunk voice_vlan vrrp wireless DWS-3160-24PC an IP interface
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 11
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide square brackets [ ] vertical bar | braces { } parentheses ( ) ipif length of the IP interface name. 1-31 means the legal range of the metric value. 1-4 Line Editing Keys After multiple line command, like 'show switch', has been
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 12
    DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show switch Command: show switch Device Type : DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch MAC Address : 00-11-22-33-45-67 IP Address : 10.90.90.90 (Manual) VLAN Name : default Subnet Mask : 255.0.0.0 Default Gateway : 0.0.0.0 Boot PROM Version : Build 1.00.001 Firmware
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 13
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide R refresh the displayed pages 9
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 14
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 2 Basic Command List show session show serial_port config serial_port { config greeting_message {default} show greeting_message config command_prompt [ | username | default] config terminal width [default | <
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 15
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show session Command: show session ID Live Time Bits Stop Bits Auto-Logout : 115200 : 8 : None : 1 : Never DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 2-3 config serial_port Description This command is used to configure the serial port
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 16
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config bit rate to be 115200. This is the default option. auto_logout - (Optional) Specifies the automatic DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config serial_port baud_rate 9600 Command: config serial_port baud_rate 9600 Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 17
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To enable pausing of the screen display when show command output reaches the end of the page: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable clipaging Command: enable clipaging Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 18
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format login Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To login the Switch with a username dlink: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# login Command: login UserName:dlink PassWord:**** DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 2-7 logout Description This command is used to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 19
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# logout Command: logout Logout DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. UserName: 2-8 ? Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 20
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 2-9 clear Description This command is used to clear the screen. Format clear Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To clear the screen: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear Command: clear DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 2-10 show command_history
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 21
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show command_history Command: show command_history ? ping login show serial_port show session ? config bpdu_protection ports ? reset ? create account ? create ipif show the ? DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 2-11 config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 22
    factory default state. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To edit the banner: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config greeting_message Command: config greeting_message Greeting Messages Editor DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 23
    To display the greeting message: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show greeting_message Command: show greeting_message DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 2-14 config command_prompt
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 24
    Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To edit the command prompt: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config command_prompt If user did not save the configuration, another user login, the terminal width is default value. 3. If at the same time, two CLI sessions are running, once section
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 25
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 2-16 show terminal width Description The command is used to display the configuration of current terminal width. Format show terminal width Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the configuration of current terminal width: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 26
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 10_half - Set port speed to 10_half. 10_full - Set port speed the ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config ports all medium_type copper speed auto Command: config ports all medium_type copper speed auto Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 2-18
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 27
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show ports {} {[description | err_disabled | details display the port details: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ports details Command: show ports details Port : 1 Port Status : Link Down Description : HardWare
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 28
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 3 802.1Q VLAN Command List create vlan vidlist>]} 3-1 create vlan Description The command is used to create a VLAN on the Switch. The VLAN ID must always be specified when creating a VLAN. Format create vlan
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 29
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create a VLAN with name "v2" and VLAN ID 2: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create vlan v2 tag 2 type 1q_vlan advertisement Command: create vlan v2
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 30
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create vlan vlanid 10-30 Command: create vlan vlanid 10-30 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-3 delete vlan Description This command is used to delete a previously configured VLAN by the name on the Switch. Format
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 31
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To remove VLANs from 10-30: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete vlan vlanid 10-30 Command: delete vlan vlanid 10-30 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 32
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config vlan v1 add tagged 4-8 Command: config vlan v1 add tagged 4-8 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-6 config vlan vlanid Description The command is used to configure multiple VLANs at the same time. Conflicts might be
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 33
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 3-7 config port_vlan Description This command is used to configure the ingress checking status of sending and receiving GVRP information. Format config port_vlan [ | all] {gvrp_state [
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 34
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config gvrp 1-5 state enable ingress_checking enable acceptable_frame tagged_only pvid 2 Command: config gvrp 1-5 state enable ingress_checking enable acceptable_frame tagged_only pvid 2 Success DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 35
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show vlan Command: show vlan VLAN Trunk State : Forbidden Ports : VLAN Name : default Advertisement : Enabled Total Static VLAN Entries: 1 Total GVRP VLAN Entries: 0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-9 show vlan ports
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 36
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 3-10 show vlan vlanid Description This command is default Advertisement : Enabled Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-11 show port_vlan Description This command is used to display the ports' VLAN attributes on the Switch.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 37
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Specifies a range of ports to be displayed. If no parameter specified, system will display all ports gvrp information. Restrictions None. Example To display the 802.1Q port setting: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 38
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable pvid auto_assign Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable the auto-assign PVID: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable pvid auto_assign Command: enable pvid auto_assign Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 39
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 3-14 show pvid auto_assign Description This command is used to display the PVID auto-assignment state. Format show pvid auto_assign Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display PVID auto-assignment state: DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 40
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide site. It can use 802.1d GVRP address, 802.1ad service provider GVRP address time to 200 milliseconds: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config gvrp timer join 200 Command: config gvrp timer join 200 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-16 show gvrp
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 41
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show gvrp Command: show gvrp Global GVRP : Disabled Join Time : 200 Milliseconds Leave Time : 600 Milliseconds LeaveAll Time : 10000 Milliseconds NNI BPDU Address: dot1d DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-17 enable
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 42
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable GVRP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable gvrp Command: disable gvrp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-19 config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 43
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config private_vlan p1 add community vlanid 2-5 Command: config private_vlan p1 add community vlanid 2-5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-20 show private vlan Description This command is used to display the private VLAN
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 44
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 4 802.1X Command List enable 802.1x disable 802.1x create 802.1x user delete 802.1x user show 802.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 45
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable the 802.1X function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable 802.1x Command: enable 802.1x Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-2
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 46
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 4-3 create 802.1x user Description This command is used Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create an 802.1x user called 'test': DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create 802.1x user test Command: create 802.1x user test Enter a case-
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 47
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete the 802.1X user called 'test': DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete 802.1x user test Command: delete 802.1x user test Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-5 show 802.1x user Description This command is used to display the 802.1X user
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 48
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x auth_protocol radius_eap Command: config 802.1x auth_protocol radius_eap Success. DWS-3160-24PC forwarding of EAPOL PDU. This is the default option. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 49
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x fwd_pdu system enable Command: config 802.1x fwd_pdu system enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-8 config 802.1x fwd_pdu ports Description This command is used to configure the per port setting to control
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 50
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config 802.1x authorization attributes radius [enable | disable] Parameters radius - If specified to enable, the authorization attributes (for example VLAN, 802.1p default priority, and ACL) assigned by the RADUIS server will
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 51
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show 802.1x auth_configuration ports 1 Command: show 802.1x auth_configuration ports 1 Port Number : 1 Capability : None AdminCrlDir : Both OpenCrlDir : Both Port Control : Auto QuietPeriod : 60
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 52
    max_users 200 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-13 config 802.1x auth_parameter Description This command is used to configure the parameters that control the operation of the authenticator associated with a port. Format config 802.1x auth_parameter ports [ | all] [default | {direction [both
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 53
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies a range of ports to be configured. - Enter the list of ports used for the configuration here. all - Specifies that all the ports will be used. default - Sets all parameter to be default value.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 54
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x auth_parameter ports 1-20 direction both Command: config 802.1x auth_parameter ports 1-20 direction both Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-14 config 802.1x auth_mode Description This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 55
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide all - Specifies that all ports will be used. mac_based - on all the ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x init port_based ports all Command: config 802.1x init port_based ports all Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-16 config 802
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 56
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x reauth port_based ports all Command: config 802.1x reauth port_based ports all Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-17 create 802.1x guest_vlan Description This command is used to assign a static VLAN
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 57
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters guest_vlan - Specifies the static VLAN to be guest VLAN called "guestVLAN": DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete 802.1x guest_vlan guestVLAN Command: delete 802.1x guest_vlan guestVLAN Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-19 config 802
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 58
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x guest_vlan ports 1-8 state enable Command: config 802.1x guest_vlan ports 1-8 state enable Warning! GVRP of the ports were disabled! Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-20 show 802.1x guest_vlan Description
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 59
    -Users can issue this command. Example To add a new RADIUS server: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config radius add 1 10.48.74.121 key dlink default Command: config radius add 1 10.48.74.121 key dlink default Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-22 config radius delete Description This command is used to delete
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 60
    delete 1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-23 config radius Description This command is used to configure a RADIUS server. Format config radius {ipaddress [ | ] | key | auth_port [ | default] | acct_port [
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 61
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the accounting port number here. This value must be between 1 and 65535. default - Specifies that the default port number will be used. timeout - (Optional) The time in second for waiting server
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 62
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show radius Command: show radius Index 1 IP Address Auth-Port Acct-Port Timeout Retransmit Key : 10.48.74.121 : 60 : 1813 : 5 : 2 : dlink Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-25 show auth_statistics Description
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 63
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show auth_statistics ports 1 Command: show auth_statistics ports 1 Port Number : 1 EapolFramesRx 0 EapolFramesTx 0 EapolStartFramesRx 0 EapolReqIdFramesTx 0 EapolLogoffFramesRx 0 EapolReqFramesTx 0
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 64
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show auth_diagnostics ports 1 Command: show auth_diagnostics ports 1 Port Number: 1 EntersConnecting 0 EapLogoffsWhileConnecting 0 EntersAuthenticating 0 SuccessWhileAuthenticating 0
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 65
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show auth_session_statistics ports 1 Command: show auth_session_statistics ports 1 Port Number : 1 SessionOctetsRx SessionOctetsTx SessionFramesRx SessionFramesTx SessionId SessionAuthenticMethod SessionTime
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 66
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show auth_client Command: show auth_client radiusAuthClient ==> radiusAuthClientInvalidServerAddresses 0 radiusAuthClientIdentifier radiusAuthServerEntry ==> radiusAuthServerIndex :1 radiusAuthServerAddress 10.48
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 67
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show By default, the service is disabled. system - Accounting service for system events: reset, reboot. By default, the service is disabled. state - Specifies the state of the specified service. enable
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 68
    -3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example Enable it to configure accounting shell state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config accounting service shell state enable Command: config accounting service shell state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-31 show accounting service
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 69
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 5 Access Authentication Control Command application [console | telnet | ssh | http | all] [login | enable] [default | method_list_name ] show authen application create authen server_group config authen
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 70
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the password encryption: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable password encryption Command: enable password encryption DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 5-2
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 71
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-3 enable authen_policy Description This command is used to system access authentication policy: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable authen_policy Command: enable authen_policy Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 5-4 disable authen_policy
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 72
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable system access authentication policy: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable authen_policy Command: disable authen_policy Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 5-5 show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 73
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create authen_login method_list_name Parameters - login_list_1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 5-7 config authen_login Description This command is used to configure a user-defined or default method list
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 74
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide xtacacs - (Optional) Authentication by the built-in server group "XTACACS". tacacs+ - configure a user-defined method list for user login: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config authen_login method_list_name login_list_1 method tacacs+ tacacs
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 75
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-9 show authen_login Description This command is used to display the method list of authentication methods for user login. Format show authen_login [default | method_list_name | all] Parameters default DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 76
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To create a user-defined method list for promoting user's privilege to Admin level: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create authen_enable method_list_name enable_list_1 Command: create
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 77
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure a user-defined method list for promoting user's privilege to Admin level: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config authen_enable method_list_name enable_list_1 method tacacs+ tacacs local_enable Command: config authen_
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 78
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters default - Display default user-defined method list Group Built-in Group User-defined Group Keyword Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 5-14 config authen application Description This command is used to configure
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 79
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the method list name here. This value can be up to 15 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the login method list for TELNET: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 80
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-16 create authen server_group Description This command is used to create a user-defined authentication server group. The maximum supported number of server groups including built-in server groups is 8. Each group consists of 8
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 81
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide add - Add a server host to a server group. delete - Remove a server host from a server group. server_host - Server host's IP address. - Enter the server host IP to an server group: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config authen
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 82
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete authen server_group mix_1 Command: delete authen server_group mix_1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 5-19 show authen server_group Description This command is used to display the authentication server
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 83
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide services can be run on the same physical host. The maximum supported number of server hosts is 16. Format create authen server_host protocol [tacacs | xtacacs | tacacs+ | radius] { port | key [
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 84
    value is meaningless for TACACS+. Default value is 2. - Enter the re-transmit value here. This value must be between 1 and 20. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure a TACACS+ authentication server host's key value: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config authen
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 85
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-22 delete authen server_host Description This command is used to delete an issue this command. Example To delete an authentication server host: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete authen server_host 10.1.1.222 protocol tacacs+ Command:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 86
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all authentication server hosts: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show authen server_host Command: show authen server_host IP Address 10.1.1.222 Protocol -------TACACS+ Port ----49 Timeout ------5 Retransmit Key
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 87
    or SSH. Default value is 3. - Enter the attempt amount here. This value must be between 1 and 255. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the maximum attempts for user's trying to login or promote the privilege to be 9: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 88
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the parameters of authentication: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show authen parameter Command: show authen parameter Response Timeout : 60 seconds User Attempts : 9 DWS-3160-24PC Because TACACS, XTACACS and RADIUS don't support "enable" function in itself, if user
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 89
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-28 config admin local_enable Description This command is used to can issue this command. Example To configure the administrator password: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config admin local_enable Command: config admin local_ebable Enter the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 90
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 6 Access Control List (ACL) Command List create access_profile > {mask } | 802.1p | ethernet_type } | ip {[vlan | vlan_id ] {mask } |
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 91
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide hh:mm:ss> weekdays | Optional) Specifies the 802.1p priority tag mask. ethernet_type - (Optional) Specifies the Ethernet type mask. ip - Specifies this is a IPv4 mask. vlan - (Optional) Specifies a VLAN mask. Only the last
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 92
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide tcp - (Optional) Specifies that the rule applies UDP destination port mask here. protocol_id_mask - (Optional) Specifies that the rule applies to IP protocol ID traffic. - Enter the protocol ID mask here. user_define_mask
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 93
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create an access profile: DWS-3160-24PC Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create access_profile profile_id 2 profile_name 2 ip vlan
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 94
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete the access list rule with a profile ID of 10: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete access_profile profile_id 10 Command: delete access_profile profile_id 10 Success. DWS-3160-24PC 0-7> | ethernet_type } | ip {[vlan | vlan_id
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 95
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the profile name here. Ethernet type. - Enter the Ethernet type mask here. ip - (Optional) Specifies to configure the IP access profile. vlan - (Optional) Specifies a VLAN name.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 96
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the TCP source port value here. This at the end of the tag, the end of the ether type or the end of the IP header. To qualify the fields before the end of the tag, the destination address, source address,
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 97
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide mask - (Optional) Specifies an additional mask parameter that Specifies that the IP precedence of the outgoing packet is changed with the new value. If used without an action priority, the packet is sent to the default TC.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 98
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide counter - (Optional) Specifies whether the ACL counter feature is enabled or disabled. This parameter is optional. The default value range is 1-256, but the supported maximum number of entries depends on the 3): DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 99
    Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the current access list table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show access_profile 256 Profile ID: 2 Profile name: 2 Type: IPv4 MASK on VLAN Source IP Dest IP DSCP ICMP Type Code : 0xFFF : 20.0.0.0 : 10.0.0.0 Available HW Entries
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 100
    -3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Rule ID : 1 (auto assign) Ports: 1-24 Match on offset_chunk_1 : 3 value : 0x0000FFFF Action: Deny DWS-3160-24PC:admin# The following example displays an access profile that supports an entry mask for each rule: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 101
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 6-5 config flow_meter Description This command is used to configure the flow-based metering function. The metering function supports aware is not specified, color-blind is the default mode. The green color packet will be
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 102
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The replace DSCP action can be performed is Kbytes. That is to say, 1 means 1Kbytes. This parameter is an optional parameter. The default value is 4*1024. - Enter the committed burst size value here. This value
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 103
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 131072. color_blind - (Optional) Specifies the meter mode as color-blind. The default is color-blind mode. color_aware - (Optional) Specifies the meter mode as color-aware. The final color of the packet is determined by the initial
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 104
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - (Optional) Specifies the ACL counter. This is optional. The default is "disable". The resource may be limited so that a counter 60 counter enable violate drop Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 6-6 show flow_meter Description This
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 105
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide access_id - (Optional) Specifies the access ID. - Enter the access ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 256. Restrictions None. Example To display the flow metering configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 106
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide end_time - Specifies the ending time of a day. (24-hr time) that starts every Monday at 01:01:01am and ends at 02:02:02am: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config time_range 1 hours start_time 1:1:1 end_time 2:2:2 weekdays mon Command: config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 107
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the current time range settings: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show time_range Command: show time_range Time Range Information Range Name : 1 Weekdays : Mon Start Time : 01:01:01 End Time : 02:02:02 Total Entries :1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 108
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show current_config access_profile Command: show current_config access_profile enable time_range 1 create access_profile profile_id 2 profile_name 2 ip vlan source_ip_mask 20.0.0.0 destination_ip_mask 10.0.0.0 dscp icmp
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 109
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 7 Access Control List (ACL) Egress Command List create macaddr> {mask } | 802.1p | ethernet_type } | ip {[vlan | vlan_id ] {mask } | source_ip
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 110
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 7-1 create egress_access_profile Description This ) Specifies 802.1p priority tag mask. ethernet_type - (Optional) Specifies the Ethernet type mask. ip - Specifies this is an IPv4 mask. vlan - (Optional) Specifies a VLAN mask. <
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 111
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide . protocod_id_mask - (Optional) Specifies that the rule applies to IP protocol ID traffic. - Enter the and assign the profile ID to be 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create egress_access_profile profile_id 1 profile_name eap-
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 112
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete egress_access_profile profile_id 1 Command: delete egress_access_profile profile_id 1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC | ethernet_type } | ip {[vlan | vlan_id
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 113
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide | replace_dscp_with | counter [enable | disable]} type. - Enter the Ethernet type mask used here. ip - Specifies an IP egress ACL rule. vlan - (Optional) Specifies the VLAN name.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 114
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide code - Specifies that the rule will apply port mask value here. protocol_id - (Optional) Specifies that the rule will apply to the value of IP protocol ID traffic. - Enter the protocol ID used here. This value must be
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 115
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide between 0 and 65535. mask - Specifies Specifies whether the ACL counter feature is enabled or disabled. This parameter is optional. The default option is disabled. If the rule is not bound with the flow_meter, all matching packets
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 116
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide access_id - Specifies the index of the Switch which match the specified source IP, DSCP and destination IP field, it will not be dropped: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config egress_access_profile profile_id 2 add access_id auto_assign ip
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 117
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display current egress access list table: DWS-3160-24PC Profile ID: 2 Profile name: 2 Type: IPv4 Mask on Source IP Destination IP DSCP : 255.255.255.255 : 255.255.255.255 Available Hardware
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 118
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Action: Permit Rule ID : 2 (auto assign) Port group: 1 Match on Source IP Destination IP DSCP : 10.0.0.1 : 10.90.90.90 : 25 Action: Permit Matched Count : 0 packets DWS-3160-24PC:admin# The following example displays an egress access profile that supports
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 119
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show current_config egress_access_profile Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display current configuration of egress access list table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show current_config egress_access_profile Command: show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 120
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide [enable | disable]}} exceed [permit {replace_dscp } | drop] . color_blind - (Optional) Specifies the meter mode to be color-blind. The default is color-blind mode. color_aware - (Optional) Specifies the meter mode to be
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 121
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the function is disabled. enable - burst size value here. color_blind - (Optional) Specifies the meter mode to be color-blind. The default is color-blind mode. color_aware - (Optional) Specifies the meter mode to be color-aware.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 122
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure a "two rates three color" flow meter: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config egress_flow_meter profile_id 1 access_id 1 tr_tcm cir 1000 cbs 200 pir 2000 pbs 200 exceed replace_dscp 21 violate drop command: config egress_flow_meter
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 123
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show egress_flow_meter Command: show egress_flow_meter 60 Counter: Enabled Violate : Drop Counter: Disabled Total Entries: 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 7-8 create port_group Description This command is used to create a
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 124
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create port_group id 2 name group2 Command: create port_group id 2 name group2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 7-9 config port_group Description This command is used to add or delete a port list to a port group. Format
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 125
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters id - Specifies the port group ID. the port group which ID is "2": DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete port_group id 2 Command: delete port_group id 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 7-11 show port_group Description This
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 126
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show port_group Command: show port_group Port Group Table Group ID Group Name 1 group1 2 group2 4 group3 Total Entries :3 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# Ports 1-2,5 4-5,7,9,11,13 15,17,19-25 5-7 122
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 127
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 8 Address Resolution Protocol (ARP DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 8-2 delete arpentry Description This command is used to delete an ARP entry, by specifying either the IP address of the entry or all. Specifies 'all' clears the Switch
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 128
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete arpentry [ | all] Parameters - The IP address IP address 10.48.74.121 from the ARP table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete arpentry 10.48.74.121 Command: delete arpentry 10.48.74.121 Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 129
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config arpentry 10.48.74.121 00-50-BA-00-07-37 Command: config arpentry 10.48.74.121 00-50-BA-00-07-37 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 8-4 config arp_aging time Description This command is used to configure the maximum
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 130
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To clear the ARP table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear arptable Command: clear arptable Success. DWS-3160-24PC the IP interface
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 131
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show arpentry Command: show arpentry ARP Aging Time : 30 Interface System System System System System System IP Address 10.0.0.0 10.48.74.121 10.90.90.20 10.90.90.90 10.90.90.91 10.255.255.255 MAC Address FF-
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 132
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 9 ARP Spoofing Prevention Command List config protected gateway. When an entry is created, those ARP packets whose sender IP matches the gateway IP of an entry, but either its sender MAC field or source MAC field
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 133
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config arp_spoofing_prevention add gateway_ip 10.254.254.251 gateway_mac 00-00-00-11-11-11 ports 1-2 Command: config arp_spoofing_prevention add gateway_ip 10.254.254.251 gateway_mac 00-00-00-11-11-11 ports 1-2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 134
    . Example To enable asymmetric VLANs: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable asymmetric_vlan Command: enable asymmetric_vlan Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 10-2 disable asymmetric_vlan Description This command is used to disable the asymmetric VLAN function on the Switch. Format disable asymmetric_vlan 130
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 135
    Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable asymmetric VLANs: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable asymmetric_vlan Command: disable asymmetric_vlan Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 10
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 136
    IP address from the DHCP server. Then, the Switch will download the configuration file from the TFTP server for configuration of the system. Format enable autoconfig Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To enable autoconfig: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 137
    -3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable autoconfig Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable autoconfig: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable autoconfig Command: disable autoconfig Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 138
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 12 Basic Commands Command List switch enable telnet {} disable telnet enable web {} disable web reboot {force_agree} reset {[config | system]} {force_agree} config firmware
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 139
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide form and in encrypted form dlink": DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create account admin dlink Command: create account admin dlink Enter a case-sensitive new password:**** Enter the new password again for confirmation:**** Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 140
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide encrypt - (Optional) Specifies that the password will be encrypted To configure the user password of "dlink" account: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config account dlink Command: config account dlink Enter a old password:**** Enter a case
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 141
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To display the accounts that have been created: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show account Command: show account Current Accounts: Username admin operator power user Access Level
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 142
    DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show switch Command: show switch Device Type : DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch MAC Address : 00-01-02-03-04-00 IP Address : 10.90.90.90 (Manual) VLAN Name : default Subnet Mask : 255.0.0.0 Default Gateway : 0.0.0.0 Boot PROM Version : Build 1.00.001 Firmware
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 143
    command. Example To enable TELNET and configure port number: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable telnet 23 Command: enable telnet 23 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 12-7 disable telnet Description This command is used to disable the Switch's TELNET based management software. Format disable telnet Parameters
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 144
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable telnet Command: disable telnet Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 12-8 enable web Description This command is used to enable the Switch's HTTP based management software. Format enable web {
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 145
    To reboot the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# reboot Command: reboot Are you sure to proceed with the system reboot?(y/n) Please wait, the switch is rebooting... 12-11 reset Description This command is used to reset the Switch. The configuration setting will be reset to the default setting. For the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 146
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The configuration settings include enable/disable of clipaging, greeting message, and command prompt will also be reset by all the reset commands. There is one exception, the "reset" command will not reset IP address configured on
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 147
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specifies a firmware file on the device file system. boot_up - Specifies the firmware as the boot up firmware. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To config image 1 as the boot up image: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 148
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create an IP interface: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create ipif Inter2 192.168.16.1/24 default state enable secondary Command: create ipif Inter2 192.168
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 149
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide address and length of network prefix. There can ipaddress 192.168.69.123/24 vlan default Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 12-15 delete ipif Description This command is used to delete an IP interface. Format delete ipif [
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 150
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete ipif newone Command: delete ipif newone Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 12-16 enable ipif Description This commands is used to enable the IP interface. Format enable ipif [ | all] Parameters ipif_name
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 151
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the IP interface name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. all - Specifies that all the IP interfaces will be disabled. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 152
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ipif Command: show ipif IP Interface VLAN Name Interface Admin State Link Status IPv4 Address Proxy ARP IPv4 State : Inter2 : default : Enabled : LinkUp : 192.168.16.1/24 (Manual) Secondary : Disabled (
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 153
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#enable ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto newone Command: enable ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto newone Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 12-20 disable ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto Description This command is used to disable the auto configuration of link local
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 154
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example T o display the link local address automatic configuration state. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto Command: show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 155
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 13 BPDU Attack Protection Command List config bpdu_protection ports [< configured. state - (Optional) Specified the BPDU protection state. The default state is disable enable - Specifies to enable BPDU protection. disable
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 156
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the port state and drop mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config bpdu_protection ports 1 state enable mode drop Commands: config bpdu_protection ports 1 state enable mode drop Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 13-2 config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 157
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config bpdu_protection [trap | log] [none | attack_detected | for the entire Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config bpdu_protection trap both Commands: config bpdu_protection trap both Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 13-4
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 158
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable bpdu_protection Commands: enable bpdu_protection Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 13-5 disable bpdu_protection Description This command is used to disable the BPDU protection function globally for the Switch
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 159
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the BPDU protection for the entire Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show bpdu_protection Command: show bpdu_protection BPDU Protection Global Settings BPDU Protection Status : Enabled BPDU
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 160
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 14 Cable Diagnostics Command List cable_diag ports [ | all] 14-1 cable_diag ports Description This command is used to run a cable diagnostics report for all the ports or only for selected ports on this Switch. For
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 161
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example Test the cable on port 1, 2, 3, 23 and 24: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#cable_diag ports 1,2,3,23,24 Command: cable_diag ports 1-3,23-24 Perform Cable Diagnostics ... Port -----1 2 3 23 24 Type ---------1000BASE-T 1000BASE-T 1000BASE-T 1000BASE-T 1000BASE-T Link
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 162
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 15 Captive Portal Command List enable captive_portal disable captive_portal config captive_portal [http_port [ | default] | https_port [ | default] | statistics_interval [0 | | default
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 163
    Switch CLI Reference Guide 15-1 enable captive_portal Description This command is used to enable the Captive Portal operation on the Switch. Format enable captive_portal Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the Captive Portal: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 164
    Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#disable captive_portal Command: disable captive_portal Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 15-3 config captive_portal Description This command is used to configure the Captive Portal's global settings on the Switch. Format config captive_portal [http_port [ | default
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 165
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal http_port 100 Command: config captive_portal http_port 100 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To disable the Captive Portal's statistics report option: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 166
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable all Captive Portal SNMP traps: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal trap enable all Command: config captive_portal trap enable all Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable the Captive Portal SNMP trap option called 'client-auth-failure': DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 167
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To display summarized information about the Captive Portal's configuration when the Captive Portal is disabled: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal Command: show captive_portal Administrative Mode Operational Status Disable Reason CP IP Address
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 168
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide System Supported Users - Displays the total number of authenticated users that the system can support. Authenticated This value must be between 1 and 10. The default value is 1. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 169
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create captive_portal configuration 2 Command: create captive_portal configuration 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 15-7 delete captive_portal configuration Description This command is used to delete a Captive
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 170
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide account_label {} | aup_text {} | background_image < , linked to a Captive Portal configuration, here. This value must be between 1 and 10. The default value is 1. default - Specifies that the default value
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 171
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the wireless network . account_label - Specifies that the web user must enter the summary text to display that instructs users to authenticate. - (Optional) Enter the account label string used here
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 172
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - (Optional) Enter the instructional authentication text used here. This string can be up to 1024 characters long. link - Specifies that the web user must add a Captive Portal configuration in a language that is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 173
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - (Optional) Enter the JavaScript The value 0 indicates that there will be no limit. The default value is 0. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. max_input_octets - Specifies the maximum number of
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 174
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide name - Specifies the name for the Captive Portal configuration. - Enter the Captive Portal configuration name used here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. default - Specifies that the default value will be used.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 175
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal configuration 1 clear Command: config captive_portal configuration 1 clear All fields will be set to the default values for this CP configuration. Are you sure you want to clear the CP configuration? (y/n) y Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 176
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal configuration 1 user_logout enable Command: config captive_portal configuration 1 user_logout enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable the redirect mode option for the Captive Portal configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 177
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure the maximum rate at which a client can receive data from the network for the Captive Portal configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal configuration 1 max_bandwidth_down 102400 Command: config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 178
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display information of all configured Captive Portal configurations: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal configuration Command: show captive_portal configuration CP ID CP Name Mode Protocol Verification
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 179
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal configuration 1 interface phy_port 2 Command: show captive_portal configuration 1 interface phy_port 2 CP ID CP Name Interface Interface Description Activation Status Block Status Authenticated Users
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 180
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal configuration 1 status Command: show CP ID CP Name : 1 : Training No Captive Portal clients exist. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# In the above examples the following display parameters can be noticed: CP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 181
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Authenticated Users - Displays the number of Idle Timeout (seconds) - Displays the number of seconds the user can remain idle before the switch automatically logs the user out. A value of 0 means that the user will not be logged
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 182
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal client deauthenticate Command: config captive_portal client deauthenticate Successfully deauthenticated clients. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To deauthenticate all Captive Portal clients from Configuration 1: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 183
    L... User Name Session Time Switch MAC Address Switch IP Address Switch Type : 00-23-7D-BC-2E-18 : 192.168.69.66 : HTTP : Guest : 1 : Default : Physical Port 23 : Physical Port: 23 Gigabit - : localuser : 0d:00:00:31 : 00-11-22-33-45-67 : 192.168.69.123 : Local DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 184
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide In the above examples the following display parameters can be noticed: Client MAC Address - Displays the MAC address of the wireless or wired client. Client IP Address - Displays the IP Portal users: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 185
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Physical Port: 3 Gigabit - Level Physical Port: 4 Gigabit - Level Physical Port: 5 2E-18 192.168.69.66 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display detailed information for Captive Portal users connected to a specific
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 186
    clients authenticated to all Captive Portal configurations on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal configuration client Command: show captive_portal configuration client CP ID CP Name Client Client Interface MAC Address IP Address 1 Default 00-23-7D-BC-2E-18 192.168.69
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 187
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 15-14 show captive_portal interface Default Physical Port: 23 Gigabit - Level Physical DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the interface configuration assignments for a specific Captive Portal configuration: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 188
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show captive_portal interface capability {[phy_port | wireless_network Example To display all capable Captive Portal interfaces: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal interface capability Command: show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 189
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Wireless Network 5 - dlink5 Wireless Network 6 - dlink6 Wireless Network 7 - dlink7 - dlink1 : Wireless : Supported : Supported : Supported : Supported : Supported : Supported : Supported DWS-3160-24PC:admin# In the above examples
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 190
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 15-16 create captive_portal user Description This to 16 characters):******** Enter the new password again for confirmation:******** Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 15-17 delete captive_portal user Description This command is used to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 191
    . DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 15-18 config captive_portal user Description This command is used to configure Captive Portal users in the local database. Format config captive_portal user [group [add | delete ] | idle_timeout [ | default] | max_bandwidth_down
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 192
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide be between 0 and 536870911 bytes per second. The value 0 indicates that the default value will be used. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. max_bandwidth_up - Specifies the maximum bandwidth at which the client
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 193
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal user 1 name CPuser Command: config captive_portal user 1 name CPuser Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the password for a Captive Portal user: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal user
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 194
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the information of all Captive Portal users: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal user Command: show captive_portal user Session Idle User ID User Name Timeout Timeout Group ID Group Name 1 CPuser 600 0 1 Default
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 195
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Enter the Captive Portal user group ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 10. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To create a Captive Portal user group: DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 196
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 15-22 config captive_portal user group Description This command is used to configure a Captive Portal user group on the Switch . DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To move the Captive Portal users from group 1 to group 2. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 197
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Enter the Captive Default 2 group2 1 CPuser 2 newuser Total Groups: 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display a specific user group in the Captive Portal local user group database: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 198
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 16 Command Logging Command List enable command logging disable command logging show command logging 16-1 enable command logging Description This command is used to enable the command logging function. When the Switch is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 199
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable the command logging: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable command logging Command: disable command logging Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 16-3 show command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 200
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 17 Compound Authentication Command List create authentication guest_vlan [vlan | vlanid ] delete authentication guest_vlan [vlan | vlanid ] config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 201
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create authentication guest_vlan vlan guestVLAN Command: create authentication guest_vlan vlan guestVLAN Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 17-2 delete authentication guest_vlan Description This command is used to delete the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 202
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters vlan - Assigned a VLAN as guest VLAN. Switch. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure security port(s) as specified guest VLAN member: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 203
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide disabled by default. Note: When is only supported by the Captive DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config authentication ports all multi_authen_methods any Command: config authentication ports all multi_authen_methods any Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 204
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example This example displays the guest VLAN setting: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show authentication guest_vlan Command: show authentication guest_vlan Guest VLAN VID : 3 Guest VLAN Member Ports: 10 Guest VLAN VID : 100 Guest VLAN Member Ports: Total Entries: 2 DWS-3160
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 205
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show authentication ports Command: show authentication ports Port Methods Auth Mode Authentication VLAN(s) CP Configuration 1 Any Host-based 1 2 Any Host-based 1 3 Any Host-based 1 4
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 206
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable authorization attributes Command: enable authorization attributes Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 17-8 disable authorization Description This command is used to disable authorization. Format disable authorization
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 207
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the authorization status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show authorization Command: show authorization Authorization for Attributes: Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 17-10 config authentication server
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 208
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show authentication Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the global authentication configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show authentication Command: show authentication Authentication Server Failover: Block. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 209
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 18 Configuration Command List show config [effective | modified | current_config | boot_up | file ] {[include | exclude | begin] { {}} {[include | exclude |
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 210
    filters 'modified' affect the configuration display: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show config modified Command: show config modified # DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch # Configuration # # Firmware: Build 1.00.034 # Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. # DEVICE
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 211
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show config effective Command: show config effective # DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch # Configuration # # Firmware: Build 1.00.034 # Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link files are supported. Format
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 212
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config configuration config.cfg boot_up Command: config configuration config.cfg boot_up Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 18-3 save Description This command is used to save the current configuration to a file. This command is required to be supported
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 213
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show boot_file Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the boot file: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show boot_file Command: show boot_file Bootup Firmware : /c:/runtime.had Bootup Configuration : /c:/config.cfg DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 209
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 214
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 19 Connectivity Fault Management Command List create cfm md {md_index } level config cfm md [ | md_index ] {
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 215
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 19-1 create cfm md Description This command is DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-2 config cfm md Description This command is used to configure the parameters of a maintenance domain. The creation of MIPs on an MA is useful to trace the link,
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 216
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide MIPs. none - Do not create MIPs. This is the default value. auto - MIPs can always be created on any ports DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config cfm md op_domain mip explicit Command: config cfm md op_domain mip explicit Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 217
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide md - Specifies the maintenance domain name. the maintenance domain "op_domain": DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create cfm ma op1 md op_domain Command: create cfm ma op1 md op_domain Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-4 config cfm
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 218
    Specifies to delete MEPID(s). By default, there is no MEPID in a newly created maintenance association. - Enter the MEP ID list here. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure a CFM MA: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config cfm ma op1
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 219
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create cfm mep mepid cfm mep mep1 mepid 1 md op_domain ma op1 direction inward port 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-6 config cfm mep Description This command is used to configure the parameters
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 220
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide • Cross-connect CCM Received: priority 5 • Error CCM Received: priority be enabled. disable - Specifies that the MEP will be disabled. This is the default value. ccm - (Optional) This is the CCM transmission state. enable - Specifies
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 221
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide sent. The unit is centisecond, the range is 250-1000. The default value is 250. Command: config cfm mep mepname mep1 state enable ccm enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-7 delete cfm mep Description This command is used to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 222
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To delete a CFM MEP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete cfm mep mepname mep1 Command: delete cfm mep mepname mep1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 223
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete cfm ma op1 md op_domain Command: delete cfm ma op1 md op_domain Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-9 delete cfm md Description This command is used to delete a previously created maintenance domain. All the MEPs
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 224
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable the CFM globally: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable cfm Command: enable cfm Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-11 disable
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 225
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 19-12 config cfm ports Description This command is used to enable or disable the CFM function on a per-port basis. By default, the CFM function is disabled on all ports. If the CFM is disabled on a port: 1. MIPs are never
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 226
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies the logical port list. - Enter the list of ports used for this configuration here. Restrictions None. Example To display the CFM ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show cfm ports 3-6 Command: show cfm ports
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 227
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the CFM configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show cfm Command: show cfm CFM State: Enabled MD Index ---------1 MD Name MD Level ----0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show cfm md MD Command: show cfm md MD MD
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 228
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide MAC Address : 00-11-22-33-45-77 MEP State 0 received AIS PDUs Transmitted: 0 LCK PDUs : 0 received LCK PDUs Transmitted: 0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-15 show cfm fault Description This command is used to display all the fault
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 229
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide md_index - (Optional) Specifies the maintenance domain MEPID Status AIS Status LCK Status op_domain op1 1 Cross-connect CCM Received DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-16 show cfm port Description This command is used to display
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 230
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the MEPs and MIPs created on a port: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# be between 1 and 4294967295. num - (Optional) Number of LBMs to be sent. The default value is 4. - Enter the number of LBMs to be sent here
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 231
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide pattern - (Optional) An arbitrary : Packets: Sent=4, Received=1, Lost=3(75% loss). DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-18 cfm linktrace Description This command is used to issue a CFM link track message. Format cfm linktrace [mepname
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 232
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the link trace message TTL value. The default value is 64. - Enter the link trace DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-19 show cfm linktrace Description This command is used to display the link trace responses. The maximum link
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 233
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ma_index - (Optional) Specifies the maintenance association 22-33-44-55 No Hit DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the link trace reply when the "all MPs reply LTRs" function is disabled: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show cfm linktrace mep
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 234
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 19-20 delete cfm linktrace Description This command is used to delete the stored link link trace reply: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete cfm linktrace mepname mep1 Command: delete cfm linktrace mepname mep1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 235
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show cfm mipccm Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display MIP CCM database entries: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show cfm mipccm Command: show cfm mipccm MA ---------opma opma VID ---1 1 MAC Address 01-02-03-04-05-06 00
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 236
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config cfm mp_ltr_all enable Command: config cfm mp_ltr_all enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-23 show cfm mp_ltr_all Description This command is used to display the current configuration of the "all MPs reply LTRs
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 237
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the MEP name used here. This name : SNMP-UDP-IPv4 10.90.90.90:161 Detect Time : 2008-01-01 12:00:00 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-25 show cfm pkt_cnt Description This command is used to display the CFM packet's RX
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 238
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - (Optional) Specifies the port counters . Restrictions None. Example To display the CFM packet's RX/TX counters: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show cfm pkt_cnt Command: show cfm pkt_cnt CFM RX Statistics Port AllPkt
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 239
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 10 578 578 0 0 0 0 11 578 578 0 0 0 0 12 578 578 0 0 0 0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show cfm pkt_cnt ccm Command: show cfm pkt_cnt ccm CCM RX counters: XCON = Cross-connect CCMs Error = Error CCMs Normal = Normal CCMs MEP Name
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 240
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#clear cfm pkt_cnt Command: clear cfm pkt_cnt Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#clear cfm pkt_cnt ccm Command: clear cfm pkt_cnt ccm Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 236
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 241
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 20 Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) Extension client layer MIPs and MEPs do not exist, the default client MD level cannot be calculated. If the default client MD level cannot be calculated and user doesn't designate
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 242
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide mepid - The MEP ID in the MD which sends AIS frame. - Enter the MEP ID value here. This value must be between 1 and 8191. period - (Optional) The transmitting interval of AIS PDU. The default is 5: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 243
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide client level ID to which the MEP sends LCK PDU. The default client MD level is MD level at which the most immediate ma op-ma mepid 1 state enable level 5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 20-3 cfm lock md Description This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 244
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the maintenance domain index value Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To start management lock: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# cfm lock md op-domain ma op-ma mepid 1 remote_mepid 2 action
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 245
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config cfm ccm_fwd_mode hardware Command: config cfm ccm_fwd_mode hardware Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 20-5 show cfm ccm_fwd Description This command is used to display the CCM PDUs forwarding mode. Format show cfm
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 246
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 21 CPU Interface Filtering Command List > | destination_mac | 802.1p | ethernet_type } | ip {[vlan | vlan_id ] | source_ip | destination_ip
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 247
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide < rule applies to the IP protocol ID and the mask options behind the IP header length is 20 bytes. - Enter the user-defined IP protocol ID mask here
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 248
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the mask pattern offset of the frame between 0 and 15 here. offset_16-31 - (Optional) Specifies that the mask pattern offset of
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 249
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create cpu access_profile profile_id 1 ethernet 00-00-00-02 802.1p ethernet_type Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create cpu access_profile profile_id 2 ip vlan source_ip_mask 20.0.0.0 destination_ip_mask 10.0.0.0 dscp icmp
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 250
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config cpu access_profile profile_id [add access_id [ hex 0x0-0xffff> - Enter the Ethernet type value here. ip - Specifies that the profile type will be IP. vlan - (Optional) Specifies the VLAN name used.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 251
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide destination_ip - (Optional) Specifies an IP destination address. - Enter the destination IP address used for this configuration here. mask - (Optional) Specifies the mask. - Specifies the mask. dscp - (Optional)
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 252
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the mask pattern offset of the frame between 16 and 31 here. offset_32-47 - (Optional) Specifies that the mask pattern offset
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 253
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide delete - Specifies to delete a rule from the profile To configure CPU access list entry: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config cpu access_profile profile_id 1 add access_id 1 ip vlan default source_ip 20.2.2.3 destination_ip 10.1.1.252 dscp
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 254
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 21-5 disable cpu interface filtering Description This command To disable cpu_interface_filtering: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable cpu_interface_filtering Command: disable cpu_interface_filtering Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 21-6 show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 255
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show cpu Deny Profile ID: 2 Type: IPv4 MASK on Source IP : 255.255.0.0 Unused Rule Entries: 99 Rule ID : 1 Ports: 20 Match on Source IP : 172.18.0.0 Action: Deny Profile ID: 3
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 256
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Unused Rule Entries: 99 Rule ID : 1 Ports: 1-24 Match on Source MAC : 00-00- 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFF000 0xFFFFFFFF Offset 64-79 : 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFF000 Unused Rule Entries: 100 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 252
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 257
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 22 Debug Software Command List debug error_log [dump | the debug log. upload_toTFTP - Upload the debug log to a TFTP server specified by IP address. - Specifies the IPv4 address of the TFTP server.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 258
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug error_log dump Command: debug error_log dump 90 debug-log.txt Connecting to server Done. Upload error log Done. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 22-2 debug buffer Description This command is use to display the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 259
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide IP DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To clear the debug buffer: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug buffer clear Command: debug buffer clear Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To upload the messages stored in debug buffer to TFTP server: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 260
    To set all module debug message outputs to local console: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug output all console Command: debug output all console Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 22-4 debug config error_reboot Description This command is used to set if the Switch needs to be rebooted when a fatal error occurs
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 261
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To set the Switch to not need a reboot when a fatal error occurs: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug config error_reboot disable Command: debug config error_reboot disable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 262
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format debug show arpunresolved_list Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To debug the ARP unresolved list: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#debug show arpunresolved_list Command: debug show arpunresolved_list Unresolved ARP list IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 263
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#debug show error_reboot state Command: debug show error_reboot state Error Reboot: Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 22-8 debug show status Description This command is used to display the debug handler's state and to specify
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 264
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#debug show status Command: debug show status Debug Global State : Disabled MSTP IMPB VRRP ERPS WLAN CP : Disabled : Disabled : Disabled : Disabled : Disabled : Disabled DWS-3160-24PC receives ARP/IP packets.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 265
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 22-10 no debug address_binding Description This command is used to stop the IMPB debug starting when the IMPB module receives an ARP/IP packet or a DHCP packet. Format no debug address_binding Parameters None. Restrictions Only
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 266
    Switch CLI Reference Guide detail - Sets the debug level to detail. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure all STP debug flags to brief level on all ports: DWS-3160-24PC state brief Warning: only support local device. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 22-12 debug
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 267
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Port 7 : FOR Port 8 : FOR Port 9 : FOR all ports on the Switch will be displayed. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To display the debug STP levels on all ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#debug stp show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 268
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: debug stp show flag Warning: only support local device. Global State Brief Brief Brief 23 Brief Brief Brief 24 Brief Brief Brief DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 22-14 debug stp show counter Description This command used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 269
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To display the STP counters for port 9: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug stp show counter ports 9 Command: debug stp show counter ports 9 STP Counters Port 9 :
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 270
    CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To clear all STP counters on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug stp clear counter ports all Command: debug stp clear counter ports all Warning: only support local device. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 22-16
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 271
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 267
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 272
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 23 DHCP Local Relay Command List config dhcp_local_relay default VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_local_relay vlan default state enable Command: config dhcp_local_relay vlan default state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 273
    default VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_local_relay vlan vlanid 1 state enable Command: config dhcp_local_relay vlan vlanid 1 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 23-3 enable dhcp_local_relay Description This command is use to globally enable the DHCP local relay function on the Switch
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 274
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the DHCP local relay function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable dhcp_local_relay Command: enable dhcp_local_relay Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 23-4 disable dhcp_local_relay Description This command is use to globally disable
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 275
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display local dhcp relay status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show dhcp_local_relay Command: show dhcp_local_relay DHCP/BOOTP Local Relay Status DHCP/BOOTP Local Relay VID List : Enabled : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 276
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 24 DHCP Relay Command List config dhcp_relay {hops < relay hops that the DHCP/BOOTP packets can cross. The range is 1 to 16. The default value is 4. The DHCP packet will be dropped when the relay hop count in the received
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 277
    Guide Example To configure the DHCP relay hops and time parameters: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay hops 4 time 2 Command: config dhcp_relay hops 4 time 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-2 config dhcp_relay add Description This command is use to add an IP destination address to the Switch
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 278
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ipif - The name of the IP interface which contains the IP address below. - Enter the IP interface name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. - The DHCP/BOOTP server IP DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 279
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay option_82 check disable Command: config dhcp_relay option_82 check disable Success. DWS-3160-24PC disabled. The default setting is set to 'replace'. replace - Replace the existing option 82 field in the packet. The Switch will use its
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 280
    DHCP Option 82 for the DHCP relay function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config dhcp_relay option_82 remote_id user_define "D-Link Switch" Command: config dhcp_relay option_82 remote_id user_define "D-Link Switch" Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-7 config dhcp_relay option_82 state Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 281
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the state of the DHCP Option 82 for the DHCP relay function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay option_82 state enable Command: config dhcp_relay option_82 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-8
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 282
    Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable the DHCP relay function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable dhcp_relay Command: disable dhcp_relay Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-10
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 283
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show dhcp_relay ipif System Command: show dhcp_relay "D-Link Switch" Interface Server 1 Server 2 Server 3 Server 4 System 10.90.90.254 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display DHCP relay configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 284
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay option_60 state enable Command: config dhcp_relay option_60 state enable Success DWS-3160-24PC - Specifies a relay server IP address. - Enter the IP address used for this configuration
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 285
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the DHCP relay Option 60 option: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay option_60 add string "abc" relay 10.90.90.1 exact-match Command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 286
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config dhcp_relay option_60 default mode drop Command: config dhcp_relay option_60 default mode drop Success. DWS-3160-24PC whose string and IP address are equal to the string and IP address specified by the user. - Enter the IP address used for
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 287
    DHCP Option 60 information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show dhcp_relay option_60 Command: show dhcp_relay option_60 Default Processing Mode: Drop Default Servers: Matching Rules: String ------abc Match Type --------Exact Match Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# IP Address --------10.90.90
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 288
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay option_61 state enable Command: config dhcp_relay option_61 state enable Success DWS-3160-24PC the packet to a IP address. - Enter the IP address used for this configuration here. drop
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 289
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the DHCP relay Option 61 function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay option_61 add mac_address 00-11-22-3344-55 drop
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 290
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config dhcp_relay option_61 delete [mac_address < default rule will be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To remove a DHCP relay Option 61 entry: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 291
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show dhcp_relay option_61 Command: show dhcp_relay option_61 Default Relay Rule: 10.90.90.200 Matching Rules: Client-ID Type abc String abcde String 00-11-22-33-44-55 MAC Address Relay Rule
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 292
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 25 DHCP useful for projects that support per port control of the DHCP server screening function. -defined server IP addresses and client MAC addresses. With this function, we can restrict the DHCP server to service specific DHCP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 293
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the DHCP server IP IP address detected will be logged only once within the duration. The default DHCP server/client filter list in the Switch's database: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config filter dhcp_server add permit
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 294
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the DHCP server/client filter list created on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show filter dhcp_server Command: show filter dhcp_server Enabled Ports: 1-10 Trap & Log State: Disabled Illegal Server
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 295
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 26 D-Link License Management System (DLMS) Command List install dlms activation_code show to active the license. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To input an illegal activation code: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# install dlms
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 296
    DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show dlms license Command: show dlms license License Model Activation Code Time Remaining DWS-3160-AP12-LIC ABCDEF1234567890ABCDFE000 No Limited DWS-3160-AP24-LIC ABCDEF1234567890ABCDFE001 No Limited * expired Total Model Entries: 2 ; Key Entries: 2 DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 297
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 27 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS) Command List enable erps disable erps create erps raps_vlan delete erps raps_vlan config erps raps_vlan [state [enable | disable] | ring_mel
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 298
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable erps Command: enable erps Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 27-2 disable erps Description This command is used to disable the global ERPS function on a Switch. Format disable erps Parameters None. Restrictions Only
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 299
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters raps_vlan - Specifies the VLAN which will be the R-APS VLAN. - Enter the VLAN ID used here. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create an R-APS VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 300
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 27-5 config erps raps_vlan Description This command the node needs to flush FDB are received on the node. In this case the recovered link does not go into a blocking state. The Guard Timer should be greater than the maximum
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 301
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide WTR timer - WTR timer is used to prevent frequent operation of the protection Switch due to an intermittent defect. This timer is used during the protection switching process when a link failure recovers. It is only used by the RPL
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 302
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide enable - Specifies the device as an RPL owner node. disable - This node is not an RPL owner. By default DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config erps raps_vlan 100 ring_mel 2 Command: config erps raps_vlan 100 ring_mel 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 303
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config erps raps_vlan 100 ring_port west 5 Command: config erps raps_vlan 100 ring_port west 5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the RPL port or the RPL owner for a specific R-APS VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 304
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 27-6 config erps log Description This command is . The default value is disabled. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the ERPS log state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 305
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the trap state of the ERPS: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config erps trap enable Command: config erps trap enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 27-8 show erps Description This command is used to display ERPS configuration and
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 306
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show erps Command: show erps Global Status : Page ENTER Next Entry a All To display ERPS information of R-APS VLAN 3: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show erps raps_vlan 3 sub_ring Command: show erps raps_vlan 3 sub_ring R-APS
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 307
    configure filter netbios state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config filter netbios 1-10 state enable Command: config filter netbios 1-10 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 28-2 show filter netbios Description This command is used to display the NETBIOS filter state on the Switch. Format show filter
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 308
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the DHCP server/client filter list created on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show filter netbios Command: show filter netbios Enabled Ports: 1-10 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 28-3 config filter
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 309
    Switch CLI Reference Guide 28-4 show filter extensive_netbios Description This command is used to display the extensive netbios state on the Switch. Format show filter extensive_netbios Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the extensive state created on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 310
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 29 Filter Database (FDB) Command List create fdb . port - The port number corresponding to the MAC destination address. The Switch will always forward traffic to the specified device through this port.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 311
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create fdb default 00-00-00-00-01-02 port 5 Command: create fdb default 00-00-00-00-01-02 port 5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To filter a unicast MAC: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create fdb default 00-00-00-00-01-03
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 312
    forwarding entry to the default VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create multicast_fdb default 01-00-5E-00-00-00 Command: create multicast_fdb default 01-00-5E-00-00-00 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 29-4 config multicast_fdb Description This command is used to configure the Switch's multicast MAC address
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 313
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide name length is 32. - The MAC default VLAN on port 1 to 5: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config multicast_fdb default 01-00-5E-00-00-00 add 1-5 Command: config multicast_fdb default 01-00-5E-00-00-00 add 1-5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 314
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config fdb aging_time 600 Command: config fdb aging_time 600 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 29-6 config multicast vlan_filtering_mode Description This command is used to configure the multicast packet filtering mode for
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 315
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete fdb
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 316
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To clear all FDB dynamic entries: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear fdb all Command: clear fdb all Success. DWS-3160-24PC MAC address table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show multicast_fdb Command: show multicast_fdb VLAN Name MAC Address Egress Ports Mode : default : 01-00-5E
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 317
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 29-10 show fdb default 00-00-00-00-01-03 - Static Drop 1 default 00-00-00-00-01-04 5 Static Forward 1 default 00-00-00-00-01-05 - Static Drop 1 default 00-11-22-33-45-67 CPU Self Forward Total Entries: 5 DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 318
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show fdb security Command: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 29-11 show multicast vlan_filtering_mode Description This command is used to display the multicast packet filtering mode for VLANs. NOTE: A product that supports
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 319
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show multicast vlan_filtering_mode Command: show multicast vlan_filtering_mode VLAN ID/VLAN Name 1 /default 2 /v2 3 /v3 100 /guestVLAN Multicast Filter Mode forward_unregistered_groups forward_unregistered_groups
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 320
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 30 Flash File System (FFS) Command List show storage_media_info change drive . Example To display the storage media's information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show storage_media_info Command: show storage_media_info Drive ----c:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 321
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 30-2 change drive Description This command is Example To display the storage media's information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# change drive c:/ Command: change drive c:/ Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 30-3 md Description This command is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 322
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To make a directory: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# md c:/abc Command: md c:/abc Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 30-4 rd Description This command is used to remove a directory. If there are files still existing in the directory, this command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 323
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format cd {} Parameters
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 324
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#dir Command: dir Directory KB total (21363 KB free) (*) -with boot up info (b) -with backup info DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 30-7 rename Description This command is used to rename a file. This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 325
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 30-8 del Description This command is used to delete a file, either physically or softly. It is also used to delete a directory and its contents. If
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 326
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#dir Command: dir Directory of 29618 KB total (21369 KB free) (*) -with boot up info (b) -with backup info DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 30-9 erase Description This command is used to delete a file stored in the file system
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 327
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specifies (*) -with boot up info (b) -with backup info DWS-3160-24PC:admin#erase config2.cfg Command: erase config2.cfg Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#dir Command: dir Directory of /c: Idx Info Attr
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 328
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 30-10 move Description This command is from one location to another location: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# move c:/log.txt c:/log1.txt Command: move c:/log.txt c:/log1.txt Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 30-11 copy Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 329
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide This name can be up to 64 characters long.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 330
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#format d: fat32 aaaa Command: format d: fat32 aaaa Formatting Done Success DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 326
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 331
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 31 Gratuitous ARP DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 31-2 config gratuitous_arp send dup_ip_detected Description The command is used to enable or disable sending of gratuitous ARP request packet while duplicate IP is detected. By default
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 332
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide match the system's own IP address. In this case, the system knows that somebody out there uses an IP address that is conflict with the system. In order to reclaim the correct host of this IP address, the system can send out the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 333
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To display the global Gratuitous ARP state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config gratuitous_arp learning enable Command: config gratuitous_arp learning enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 334
    enable gratuitous_arp ipif System trap log Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 31-6 disable gratuitous_arp Description The command is used to disable gratuitous ARP trap and log state. The Switch can trap and log the IP conflict event to inform the administrator. By default, trap is disabled and event log
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 335
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide log - (Optional) Specifies to disable the log function. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable system interface's gratuitous ARP log and trap: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 336
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show gratuitous_arp Command: show gratuitous_arp Send on IPIF Status Up : Enabled Send on Duplicate IP Detected : Enabled Gratuitous ARP Learning : Enabled IP Interface Name : Inter2 Gratuitous ARP Trap
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 337
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 32 IGMP Snooping Command List config igmp_snooping [vlan_name | vlanid Description This command is used to configure IGMP snooping on the Switch. Format config igmp_snooping [vlan_name | vlanid <
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 338
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide report suppression is enabled (the default), the Switch sends the first IGMP report from all DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config igmp_snooping vlanid 2 state enable Command: config igmp_snooping vlanid 2 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 339
    that exceed the limit will be dropped. The default setting is no_limit. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the IGMP snooping per port rate_limit: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config igmp_snooping rate_limit ports 1 100 Command: config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 340
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide subnet. The value of the robustness variable is used in calculating the following IGMP message intervals: - Enter the robustness variable value here. This value must be between 1 and 7. By default : DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 341
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 32-4 config router_ports Description This command is up static router ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config router_ports default add 1-10 Command: config router_ports default add 1-10 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 32-5 config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 342
    forbidden router ports of default VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config router_ports_forbidden default add 20 Command: config router_ports_forbidden default add 20 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 32-6 enable igmp_snooping Description This command is used to enable IGMP snooping on the Switch. Format enable
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 343
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 32-7 disable igmp_snooping Description This command is used to disable IGMP snooping on the Switch. Disabling IGMP snooping allows all IGMP and IP multicast traffic to flood within a given IP interface. NOTE: Disabling IGMP snooping
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 344
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The VLAN must be created first before a static IP address. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create an IGMP snooping static group for VLAN 1, group 239.1.1.1: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 345
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete an IGMP snooping static group for VLAN 1, group 239.1.1.1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete igmp_snooping static_group vlanid 2 239.1.1.1 Command: delete igmp_snooping static_group vlanid 2 239.1.1.1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC group IP address (for Layer 3 Switch).
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 346
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config igmp_snooping static_group vlan v2 239.1.1.1 delete 24 Command: config igmp_snooping static_group vlan v2 239.1.1.1 delete 24 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 32-11 show igmp_snooping static_group Description This
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 347
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide not activated by IGMP membership IGMP snooping group. enable - Enter enable to enable the data driven learning option. By default, the state is enabled. disable - Enter disable to disable the data driven learning option.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 348
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config igmp_snooping data_driven_learning vlan v2 state enable Command: config igmp_snooping data_driven_learning vlan_name v2 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC data driven. The suggested default setting is 56. This default setting may vary depending
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 349
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format clear igmp_snooping data_driven_group [all | [vlan_name | vlanid < DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 32-15 show igmp_snooping Description This command is used to display the current IGMP snooping configuration on the Switch
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 350
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display IGMP snooping: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping Command: show igmp_snooping IGMP Snooping Global State Data Driven Learning Max Entries : Enabled : 50 VLAN Name : default Query Interval : 125 Max Response
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 351
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the IGMP snooping rate limit for ports 1 to 5: DWS-3160-24PC the list of ports here. - (Optional) Specifies the group IP address for which you want to view IGMP snooping group information. data_driven -
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 352
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping group Command: show igmp_snooping group Source/Group VLAN Name/VID Member Ports UP Time Expiry Time Filter Mode Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# : NULL/239.1.1.1 : v2/2 : 23 : 445 : 87 : EXCLUDE
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 353
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping forwarding Command: show igmp_snooping forwarding VLAN Name Source IP Multicast Group Port Member Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# : v2 : * : 239.1.1.1 : 23 32-19 show router_ports Description
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 354
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show router_ports all Command: show router_ports all VLAN Name Static Router Port Dynamic Router Port Router IP Forbidden Router Port : default : 1-10 : : : 20 VLAN Name Static Router Port Dynamic Router Port Router
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 355
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the IGMP snooping statistics counter: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping statistic counter vlanid 2 Command: show igmp_snooping statistic counter vlanid 2 VLAN Name : v2 Group Number : 1 Receive Statistics
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 356
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping statistic counter ports 1 Command: show igmp_snooping statistic counter ports 1 Port # : 1 Group Number : 0 Receive Statistics Query IGMP v1 Query : 0 IGMP v2 Query : 0 IGMP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 357
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear igmp_snooping statistic counter Command: clear igmp_snooping statistic counter Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 353
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 358
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 33 IGMP Snooping Multicast (ISM) VLAN Command List Multicast VLANs cannot be configured or displayed using 802.1Q VLAN commands. • An IP interface cannot be bound to a multicast VLAN. • The multicast VLAN snooping function
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 359
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide will be used. This is the default setting. replace_priority - (Optional) Specifies that the packet's priority will be changed by the Switch, based on the remap priority. This flag will only take effect when the remap priority is set
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 360
    mv1 add member_port 1,3 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 33-3 create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Description This command is used to create an IGMP snooping multicast group profile on the Switch. Format create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 361
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create an IGMP snooping multicast group profile with the name "IGroup": DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile IGroup Command: create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile IGroup Success. DWS-3160-24PC VLAN IP address here
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 362
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile IGroup add 225.1.1.1, 225.1.1.10-225.1.1.20 Command: config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile IGroup add 225.1.1.1, 225.1.1.10-225.1.1.20 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 33
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 363
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Enter the multicast VLAN group profile 225.1.1.1 225.1.1.10-225.1.1.20 Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 33-7 config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 364
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Enter the multicast VLAN name profile to a multicast VLAN group with the name "mv1": DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group mv1 add profile_name IGroup Command: config igmp_snooping
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 365
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group Command: show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group VLAN Name mv1 VLAN ID ------20 Multicast Group Profiles IGroup DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 33-9 delete igmp_snooping
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 366
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the IGMP snooping multicast VLAN function globally: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#enable igmp_snooping multicast_vlan Command: enable igmp_snooping multicast_vlan Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 367
    will be dropped. This is the default option. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the forwarding mode for IGMP multicast VLAN unmatched packets: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan forward_unmatched enable
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 368
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display all IGMP snooping multicast VLAN entries: DWS-3160-24PC:admin Source Ports Untagged Source Ports Status Replace Source IP Remap Priority :10 : :1 : :Enabled : 10.90.90.254 :0 (Replaced) Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 364
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 369
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 34 IP-MAC-Port Binding (IMPB) Command List config address_binding ip_mac default until a legal ARP or IP packets are detected. loose - In this mode, all packets are forwarded by default until an illegal ARP or broadcast IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 370
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide disable - Disable IP inspection function. The default value DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config address_binding ip_mac ports 1 arp_inspection strict Command: config address_binding ip_mac ports 1 arp_inspection strict Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 371
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the MAC address used here. create address_binding ip_mac ipaddress 10.1.1.1 mac_address 00-00-0000-00-11 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 34-3 delete address_binding blocked Description This command is used to delete
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 372
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete address_binding blocked vlan_name v31 mac_address 00-00-00-00-00-11 Command: delete address_binding blocked vlan_name v31 mac_address 00-00-00-0000-11 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 34-4 delete
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 373
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config address_binding ip_mac ipaddress mac_address {ports [ | all]} Parameters ipaddress - Specifies the IP address of the entry being updated. - Enter the IP Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 374
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the IMPB global configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show address_binding Command: show address_binding Trap/Log DHCP Snoop : Disabled : Disabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the IMPB ports: DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 375
    00-50-BA-00-05-9E 7 1 default 00-50-BA-10-D8-F6 7 1 default 00-50-BA-38-7D-E0 7 1 default 00-50-BA-51-31-62 7 1 default 00-50-BA-DA-01-58 7 1 default 00-A0-C9-01-01-23 7 1 default 00-E0-18-D4-63-1C 7 Total entries : 15 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 34-8 show address_binding ip_mac
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 376
    : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 34-9 enable address_binding dhcp_snoop Description This command is used to enable DHCP snooping mode. By default, DHCP snooping is disabled. If a user enables DHCP Snooping mode, all ports which have IMPB disabled will become server ports. The Switch will learn the IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 377
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide bound to MAC Y, and then it is conflict. enable DHCP IPv4 snooping mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable address_binding dhcp_snoop Command: enable address_binding dhcp_snoop Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 34-10 disable address_binding
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 378
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable DHCP IPv4 snooping mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable address_binding dhcp_snoop Command: disable address_binding dhcp_snoop Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 34-11 clear address_binding dhcp_snoop binding_entry ports
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 379
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters max_entry - (Optional) To display the maximum number of entries per port. Snoop(IPv4) : Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display DHCP snooping maximum entry configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show address_binding
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 380
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 34-13 show address_binding dhcp_snoop binding_entry (sec) IP Address MAC Address S LT(sec) Port 10.62.58.35 00-0B-5D-05-34-0B A 35964 1 10.33.53.82 00-20-c3-56-b2-ef I 2590 2 Total entries : 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 381
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies the list of ports you would like to -24PC:admin# 34-15 enable address_binding trap_log Description This command is used to send traps and logs when the IMPB module detects an illegal IP and MAC address.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 382
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable address_binding trap_log Command: enable address_binding trap_log Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 34-16 disable address_binding trap_log Description This command is used to disable the IMPB traps and logs. Format
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 383
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To recover IMPB checking for ports 6 to 7: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config address_binding recover_learning ports 6-7 Command: config address_binding
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 384
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 35 IPv6 Neighbor Discover Command List create ipv6 neighbor_cache ipif delete ipv6 neighbor_cache ipif [ | all] [ | static | dynamic |
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 385
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 35-2 delete ipv6 neighbor_cache Description This command is used to delete a neighbor cached entry or static neighbor cache entries from the address cache or all address cache entries on this IP interface. Both static and dynamic
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 386
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the IP interface name here. This name Interface : System State: Static Port : NA VID : 1 Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 35-4 config ipv6 nd ns retrans_time Description This command is used to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 387
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the retrans_time of IPv6 ND neighbor solicitation: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config ipv6 nd ns ipif System retrans_time 1000000 Command: config ipv6 nd ns ipif System retrans_time 1000000 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 388
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 36 IPv6 Route Command List create ipv6route [default] [ |] {} {[primary | backup]} delete ipv6route [default] [ | | all] show ipv6route
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 389
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 36-2 delete ipv6route Description This command is used to delete an IPv6 static route. If the next hop is a global address, it is not needed to indicate the interface name. If the next hop is a link local address, then the interface
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 390
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example Display all the IPv6 routes: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ipv6route Command: show ipv6route IPv6 Prefix: ::/0 Next Hop : 3001::254 Backup : Primary Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# Protocol: Static Metric: 1 IPIF : System
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 391
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 37 Jumbo Frame Command List enable jumbo_frame the Jumbo frame: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable jumbo_frame Command: enable jumbo_frame The maximum size of jumbo frame is 13312 bytes. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 37-2 disable
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 392
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable the Jumbo frame: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable jumbo_frame Command: disable jumbo_frame Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 37-3
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 393
    is not specified, the default is static type. lacp - Specifies to use LACP as the group type. static - Specifies to use static as the group type. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create link aggregation group: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 394
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 38-2 delete link_aggregation group_id Description This command is used to delete a configured link aggregation group. Format delete link_aggregation group_id Parameters group_id - Specifies the group id. The group
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 395
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the list of port used for the configuration here. state - (Optional) Allows you to enable or disable the specified link aggregation group. If not specified, the group will keep the previous state, the default
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 396
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure link aggregation algorithm for MAC-Source-Dest: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config link_aggregation algorithm mac_source_dest Command: config link_aggregation algorithm mac_source_dest Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 38
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 397
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show link_aggregation Command: show link_aggregation Link Aggregation Algorithm = MAC-Source-Dest Group ID : 1 Type : LACP Master Port : 1 Member Port : 1-8 Active Port : 7 Status : Enabled Flooding
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 398
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show link_aggregation Command: show link_aggregation Link Aggregation Algorithm = MAC-Source-Dest Group ID : 1 Type : LACP Master Port : 1 Member Port : 1-8 Active Port : Status : Disabled Flooding Port : Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 399
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 38-7 show lacp_port Description This command is used and all port status. Restrictions None. Example To display port lacp mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lacp_port Command: show lacp_port Port Activity 1 Active 2 Active 3
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 400
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 39 Link Layer function. When this function is enabled, the Switch can start to transmit LLDP packets and receive Switch announces the information to its neighbor through ports. For the receiving of LLDP packets, the Switch
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 401
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable LLDP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable lldp Command: enable lldp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 39-2 disable lldp Description This command is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 402
    . The default setting 2 seconds. - Enter the re-initiate delay value here. This value must be between 1 and 10 seconds. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To change the packet transmission interval: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 403
    Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the notification interval value here. This value must be between 5 and 3600 seconds. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To changes the notification interval to 10 second: DWS-3160-24PC default
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 404
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide mgt_addr - Specifies the management address used. ipv4 - Specifies the IPv4 address used. - Enter the IP VLAN ID will be advertised. The default state is disabled. vlan - Protocol, the Link Aggregation Control Protocol
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 405
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide eapol - (Optional) Specifies that link for connected non-powered systems. The Power Via MDI TLV allows network management to advertise and discover the MDI power support capabilities of the sending IEEE 802.3 LAN station. The default
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 406
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To enable ports 1-2 for manage address entry: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config lldp ports 5-6 mgt_addr ipv4 10.90.90.90 enable Command: config lldp ports 5-6 mgt_addr ipv4 10.90.90.90 enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure exclude the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 407
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config lldp ports all dot1_tlv_protocol_identity all enable Command: config lldp ports all dot1_tlv_protocol_identity all enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure exclude the MAC/PHY configuration/status TLV
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 408
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show lldp Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the LLDP system level configuration status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp Command: show lldp LLDP System Information Chassis ID Subtype Chassis ID System
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 409
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ipv6 - (Optional) Specifies the IPv6 address used for the display. - Enter the IPv6 address used for this configuration here. Restrictions None. Example To display management address information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 410
    Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp PHY Configuration/Status Enabled Power Via MDI Disabled Link Aggregation Disabled Maximum Frame Size Disabled CTRL+C ESC mode. This is the default display mode. detailed - Display the information in detailed
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 411
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display outbound LLDP advertisements for port 1 in detailed mode. Port description on the display should use the same value as 'ifDescr'. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp local_ports 1 mode detailed Command: show lldp local_ports
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 412
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Maximum Frame Size DWS-3160-24PC:admin# : 1542 To display outbound LLDP advertisements for port 1 in normal mode: DWS-3160-24PC Port ID : 1/1 Port Description : D-Link DWS-3160-24PC R1.00.034 Port 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 39-11 show lldp remote_ports Description
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 413
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Specified a : 1/23 Port Description : D-Link DWS-3160-24TC R1.00.034 Port 23 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display remote table in normal mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp remote_ports 23 mode
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 414
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Port PVID PPVID Entries Count VLAN Name Entries Count Protocol ID Entries Count MAC/PHY Configuration/Status Power Via MDI Link Aggregation Maximum Frame Size Unknown TLVs Count : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : (None) : (None) : (None) : 0 : 0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 415
    CLI Reference Guide 39-12 show lldp statistics Description This command is used to display an overview of neighbor detection activity on the Switch. Format show lldp statistics Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display global statistics information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 416
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display statistics information of port 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp statistics ports 1 Command: show lldp statistics ports 1 Port ID : 1 LLDPStatsTXPortFramesTotal : 22 LLDPStatsRXPortFramesDiscardedTotal : 0
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 417
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 40 Loop Back Detection (LBD) Command List config loopdetect { the auto-recovery mechanism is disabled, a user would need to manually recover a disabled port. The default value for the recover timer is 60 seconds.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 418
    on ports 1-5: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config loopdetect ports 1-5 state enable Command: config loopdetect ports 1-5 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 40-3 enable loopdetect Description This command is used to enable the LBD function globally on the Switch. The default state is disabled
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 419
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable loopdetect Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable the LBD function globally: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable loopdetect Command: enable loopdetect Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 420
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable loopdetect Command: disable loopdetect Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 40-5 show loopdetect Description This command is used to display the LBD global configuration. Format show loopdetect Parameters
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 421
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show loopdetect ports {} Parameters ports - . Restrictions None. Example To display the LBD settings on ports 1-9: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show loopdetect ports 1-9 Command: show loopdetect ports 1-9 Port Loopdetect
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 422
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To Specifies that traps will be sent when the loop condition is detected or cleared: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config loopdetect trap both Command: config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 423
    mac_notification function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable mac_notification Command: enable mac_notification Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 41-2 disable mac_notification Description This command is used to globally disable MAC address table notification on the Switch. Format disable mac_notification
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 424
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable mac_notification function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable mac_notification Command: disable mac_notification Success. DWS-3160-
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 425
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 41-4 config DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mac_notification ports 7 enable Command: config mac_notification ports 7 enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 41-5 show mac_notification Description This command is used to display the Switch
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 426
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the Switch's MAC address table notification global settings: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mac_notification Command: show mac_notification Global MAC Notification Settings State : Enabled Interval : 1 History Size : 500 DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 427
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mac_notification ports Command: show mac_notification ports Port # MAC Address Table Notification State 1 Disabled 2 Disabled 3 Disabled 4 Disabled 5 Disabled 6 Disabled 7 Enabled 8 Disabled
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 428
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 42 MAC-based Access Control Command List enable mac_based_access_control disable mac_based_access_control config mac_based_access_control password config mac_based_access_control method [local | radius] config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 429
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the MAC-based Access Control global state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable mac_based_access_control Command: enable mac_based_access_control Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 42-2 disable mac_based_access_control Description This
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 430
    is "default". Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To set the MAC-based Access Control password: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mac_based_access_control password switch Command: config mac_based_access_control password switch Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 431
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config mac_based_access_control guest_vlan ports 11 Command: config mac_based_access_control guest_vlan ports 11 Success. DWS-3160-24PC the authentication will not be serviced by the Switch. • If the user passes
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 432
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide not start within the block time unless the user clears the entry state manually. If the block time is set to 0, it means do not block port. The default value is 128. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 433
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure an unlimited number of maximum users for MAC-based Access Control on ports 1 to 8: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mac_based_access_control ports 1-8 max_users no_limit Command: config mac_based_access_control ports
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 434
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create mac_based_access_control guest_vlan mbacv15 Command: create mac_based_access_control guest_vlan mbacv15 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 42-8 delete mac_based_access_control Description This command is used to remove
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 435
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies the port range to the host that has a MAC address of 00-00-00-47-04-65: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear mac_based_access_control auth_state mac_addr 00-0000-47-04-65 Command: clear mac_based_access_control
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 436
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide vlanid - (Optional) Specifies the DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create mac_based_access_control_local mac 00-00-00-00-0001 vlan default Command: create mac_based_access_control_local mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 vlan default Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 437
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the target VLAN "default" for the MAC-based Access Control local database entry 0000-00-00-00-01: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mac_based_access_control_local mac 00-00-00-00-0001 vlan default Command: config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 438
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete mac_based_access_control_local vlan VLAN3 Command: delete mac_based_access_control_local vlan VLAN3 Success. DWS-3160-24PC be accepted if the global authorization status is enabled. The default state is enabled. enable - Specifies that the local
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 439
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 42-14 show mac_based_access_control Description This command is Max User -------No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit 128 128 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 42-15 show mac_based_access_control_local Description This command is used to display
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 440
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters mac - ( default': DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mac_based_access_control_local vlan default Command: show mac_based_access_control_local vlan default MAC Address 00-00-00-00-00-01 VID ---1 Total Entries:1 DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 441
    of users on the system. By default, there is no limit on the number of users. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the maximum number of users of the MAC-based Access Control system supports to 128: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 442
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 42-18 config mac_based_access_control trap state Description Control: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mac_based_access_control trap state enable Command: config mac_based_access_control trap state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 443
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable log state of MAC-based Access Control: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mac_based_access_control log state disable Command: config mac_based_access_control log state disable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 439
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 444
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 43 MAC There is a global limitation of the maximum entries supported for the static MAC-based entry. Format create To create a static MAC-based VLAN entry: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create mac_based_vlan mac_address 00-11-22-33-44
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 445
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 43-2 delete mac_based_vlan Description This command is used : delete mac_based_vlan mac_address 00-11-22-33-44-55 vlanid 100 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 43-3 show mac_based_vlan Description This command is used to display static
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 446
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide vlan - (Optional) Specifies the VLAN VLAN has higher priority than manual configuration, the manual configured entry will become inactive. To display the MACbased VLAN entry: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mac_based_vlan Command: show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 447
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 44 Mirror Command List config mirror port {[add and Operators can issue this command. Example To add the mirroring ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mirror port 3 add source ports 7-12 both Command: config mirror
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 448
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 44-2 enable mirror Description This command is used command. Example To enable mirroring function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable mirror Command: enable mirror Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 44-3 disable mirror Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 449
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable mirroring function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable mirror Command: disable mirror Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 44-4 show mirror Description This command is used to display the mirror function's state and mirror
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 450
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 45 MLD Snooping Command List config mld_snooping [vlan_name
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 451
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide report suppression is enabled (the default), the Switch sends the first MLD report from DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config mld_snooping vlan_name v2 state enable Command: config mld_snooping vlan_name v2 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 452
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide configured. - Enter the VLAN name here. - (Optional) Specifies the amount of time in seconds between general query transmissions. The default setting is 125 seconds. - Enter the query interval value here.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 453
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config mld_snooping querier all query_interval 125 state enable Command: config mld_snooping querier all query_interval 125 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 45-3 config mld_snooping router_ports Description This
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 454
    DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 45-5 enable mld_snooping Description This command is used to enable MLD snooping on the Switch. The forward MC router only function is disabled by default the Switch forwards all multicast traffic to any IP router. Format enable mld_snooping Parameters When the Switch receives
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 455
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable MLD snooping on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable mld_snooping Command: enable mld_snooping Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 45
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 456
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show mld_snooping {[vlan | vlanid
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 457
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 45-8 show mld_snooping group Description This command is used to display the current MLD snooping group information on the Switch To display an MLD snooping group when MLD v2 is supported: The first item means that for ports 1-2, the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 458
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show mld_snooping group Command: show mld_snooping group Source/Group VLAN Name/VID Member Ports UP Time Expiry Time Filter Mode : 2001::1/FE1E::1 : default/1 : 1-2 : 26 : 258 : INCLUDE Source/Group VLAN Name/VID
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 459
    forwarding entries located on the Switch. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show mld_snooping forwarding Command: show mld_snooping forwarding VLAN Name : default Source IP : 2001::1 Multicast Group: FE1E::1 Port Member : 2,7 VLAN Name : default Source IP : 2001::2 Multicast Group: FF1E::1 Port
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 460
    router ports on the Switch. Restrictions None. Example To display the mld_snooping router ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show mld_snooping router_ports Command: show mld_snooping router_ports VLAN Name Static Router Port Dynamic Router Port Router IP Forbidden router port : default : : 1-10 : FE08
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 461
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide to static member ports. The Reserved IP multicast addresses FF0x::/16 must be DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create mld_snooping static_group vlanid 2 FF1E::1 Command: create mld_snooping static_group vlanid 2 FF1E::1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 462
    group IP address. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To delete an MLD snooping static group for VLAN 1, group FF1E::1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete mld_snooping default FF1E::1 Command: delete mld_snooping default FF1E::1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 463
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete the ports 11 and 12 from MLD snooping static member ports for group FF1E::1 on VLAN ID 2: DWS-3160-24PC static groups: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mld_snooping static_group Command: show mld_snooping static_group VLAN ID/Name IP Address Static Member
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 464
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 45-15 config mld_snooping data_driven_learning Description This command is used to enable or disable the data-driven learning of an MLD snooping group. When data-driven learning is enabled for the VLAN, when the Switch By default,
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 465
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mld_snooping data_driven_learning vlan default state enable Command: config mld_snooping data_driven_learning vlan default state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 45-16 config mld_snooping data_driven_learning
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 466
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format clear mld_snooping data_driven_group [ DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 45-18 show mld_snooping statistic counter Description This command is used to display the statistics counter for MLD protocol packets that are received by the Switch
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 467
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display MLD snooping statistics counters: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mld_snooping statistic counter vlanid 2 Command: show mld_snooping statistic counter vlanid 2 VLAN name : v2 Group Number : 0 Receive Statistics Query
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 468
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear mld_snooping statistics counter Command: clear mld_snooping statistic counter Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 45-20 config mld_snooping rate_limit Description This command is used to configure the rate limit of MLD
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 469
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show mld_snooping rate_limit [ports here. Restrictions None. Example To configure the mld_snooping per port rate_limit: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mld_snooping rate_limit ports 1-15 Command: show mld_snooping rate_limit ports
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 470
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 46 MLD Snooping Multicast (MSM) VLAN Command List Multicast VLANs cannot be configured or displayed using 802.1Q VLAN commands. • An IP interface cannot be bound to a multicast VLAN. • The multicast VLAN snooping function
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 471
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide will be used. This is the default setting. replace_priority - (Optional) Specifies that the packet's priority will be changed by the Switch, based on the remap priority. This flag will only take effect when the remap priority is set
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 472
    mv2 add member_port 1,3 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 46-3 create mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Description This command is used to create an MLD snooping multicast group profile on the Switch. Format create mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 473
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create an MLD snooping multicast group profile with the name "MGroup": DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile MGroup Command: create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile MGroup Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 474
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile MGroup add FF1E::1, FF1E::10-FF1E::20 Command: config mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile MGroup add FF1E::1, FF1E::10-FF1E::20 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 475
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Enter the multicast VLAN group FF1E::1 FF1E::5 FF1E::10-FF1E::20 Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 46-7 config mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group Description This command is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 476
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Enter the multicast VLAN name profile to a multicast VLAN group with the name "mv2": DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group mv2 add profile_name MGroup Command: config mld_snooping
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 477
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group Command: show mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group VLAN Name mv2 VLAN ID ------4 Multicast Group Profiles MGroup DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 46-9 delete mld_snooping multicast_vlan
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 478
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the MLD snooping multicast VLAN function globally: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#enable mld_snooping multicast_vlan Command: enable mld_snooping multicast_vlan Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 479
    will be dropped. This is the default option. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the forwarding mode for MLD multicast VLAN unmatched packets: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config mld_snooping multicast_vlan forward_unmatched enable Command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 480
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all MLD snooping multicast VLAN entries: DWS-3160-24PC Ports Source Ports Untagged Source Ports Status Replace Source IP Remap Priority :1,3 : : : :Enabled : :: :None Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 476
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 481
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 47 Multicast Filter Command List create mcast_filter_profile {[ipv4 | ipv6]} profile_id profile_name config mcast_filter_profile [profile_id | profile_name ] {profile_name <
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 482
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create mcast_filter_profile profile_id 2 profile_name MOD Command: create mcast_filter_profile profile_id 2 profile_name MOD Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 47-2 config mcast_filter_profile Description This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 483
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config mcast_filter_profile ipv6 [profile_id | profile_name ] {profile_name | [add | delete] }(1) Parameters profile_id - ID of the profile. - Enter
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 484
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide all - All multicast DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete mcast_filter_profile profile_id 3 Command: delete mcast_filter_profile profile_id 3 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To delete the multicast address profile called MOD: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 485
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all the defined multicast address profiles: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mcast_filter_profile Command: show mcast_filter_profile Profile ID Name Multicast Addresses 2 MOD 225.1.1.1-225.1.1.10 234.1.1.1-238.244.244.244 Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 486
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To add multicast address profile 2 to ports 1 and 3: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config limited_multicast_addr ports 1,3 add profile_id 2 Command: config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 487
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the maximum number of multicast group that ports 1 and 3 can join to 100: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config max_mcast_group ports 1, 3 max_group 100 Command: config max_mcast_group ports 1,3 max_group 100 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 47
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 488
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show max_mcast_group vlanid 1-3 Command: show max_mcast_group vlanid 1-3 VLAN -----1 2 3 Max Multicast Group Number Infinite Infinite Infinite Action --------- Drop Drop Drop Total Entries: 3 DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 489
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show limited_multicast_addr ports 1,3 Command: show limited_multicast_addr ports 1,3 Port : 1 Access : Deny Profile ID Name Multicast Addresses 2 MOD 225.1.1.1-225.1.1.10 234.1.1.1-238.244.244.244
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 490
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 48 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Command List show stp show stp instance {} show stp ports {} show stp mst_config_id create stp
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 491
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show stp Command: show stp STP Bridge Global Settings STP Status : Disabled STP Version : RSTP Max Age : 20 Hello Time : 2 Forward Delay : 15 Max
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 492
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show stp instance Command: show stp instance STP Instance Settings Instance Type : CIST Instance Status : Enabled Instance Priority : 61440(Bridge Priority : 61440, SYS ID
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 493
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show stp ports Command: show stp ports MSTP Port Information Port Index : 1 , Hello Time . Example To display STP MST configuration ID: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show stp mst_config_id Command: show stp mst_config_id
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 494
    to this instance_id! Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 48-6 delete stp instance_id Description This command is used to delete an MST Instance. Format delete stp instance_id Parameters instance_id - Specifies the MSTP instance ID. Instance 0 represents for default instance, CIST.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 495
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete an MSTP instance: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete stp instance_id 2 Command: delete stp instance_id 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC instance_id - Specifies the MSTP instance ID. Instance 0 represents for default instance, CIST. - Enter the MSTP instance
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 496
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 48-8 config stp mst_config_id Description This : DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config stp mst_config_id name R&D_BlockG revision_level 1 Commands: config stp mst_config_id name R&D_BlockG revision_level 1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 497
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable STP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable stp Command: enable stp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 48-10 disable stp Description This command is used to disable STP globally. Format disable stp Parameters None. Restrictions
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 498
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters version - Specifies that the DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config stp version mstp Command: config stp version mstp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the STP version with the same value of old configuration: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 499
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the STP instance's priority: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config stp priority 61440 instance_id 0 Command: config stp priority 61440 instance_id 0 Success. DWS-3160-24PC . The default value is service provide site. It can use 802.1d GVRP address, 802.1ad service
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 500
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure STP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config stp maxage 25 Command: config stp maxage 25 Success. DWS-3160-24PC port if no bridge BPUD is received. The default is auto mode. p2p - (Optional) To ) To decide if this port supports the STP functionality. enable -
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 501
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide true - Specifies that the port can be set to propagate a To configure STP ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config stp ports 1 externalCost auto Command: config stp ports 1 externalCost auto Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 48-15 config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 502
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure STP MST ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config stp mst_ports 1 instance_id 0 internalCost auto Command: config stp mst_ports 1 instance_id 0 internalCost auto Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 498
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 503
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 49 Network Load Balancing (NLB) Command List create nlb multicast FDB entry. This command supports the Microsoft server load balancing application where multiple servers can share the same IP address and MAC address. The
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 504
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create nlb multicast_fdb default 03-bf-01-01-01-01 Command: create nlb multicast_fdb default 03-bf-01-01-01-01 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 49-2 delete nlb multicast_fdb Description This command is used to delete an
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 505
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specifies the VLAN of the NLB DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config nlb multicast_fdb default 03-bf-01-01-01-01 add 1-5 Command: config nlb multicast_fdb default 03-bf-01-01-01-01 add 1-5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 506
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show nlb fdb Command: show nlb fdb MAC Address VLAN ID Egress Ports 03-BF-01-01-01-01 1 1-5 Total Entries :1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 502
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 507
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 50 Network Monitoring Command List show packet ports command is used to display statistics about the packets sent and received by the Switch. Format show packet ports Parameters - Specifies a range of
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 508
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show packet ports 23 Command: show packet ports 23 Port Number : 23 Frame Size/Type Frame Counts Frames/sec ----------- 64 626 0 65-127 360 0
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 509
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show error ports 23 Command: show error ports 23 Port Number : 23 RX Frames --------- CRC Error 0 Undersize 0 Oversize 0 Fragment 0 Jabber 0 Drop Pkts 11 Symbol
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 510
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show utilization ports Command: show utilization ports Port TX/sec RX/sec Util Port TX/sec RX/sec Util 1 0 0 0 21 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 23 0 0 1 4 0 0 0 24 0
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 511
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display DRAM utilization: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show utilization dram Command: show utilization dram DRAM utilization : Total DRAM Used DRAM Utilization : 262144 KB : 232732 KB : 88 % CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 512
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show utilization flash Command: show utilization flash Flash Memory Utilization : Total Flash : 29618 KB Used Flash : 8251 KB Utilization : 27 % CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 513
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 51 OAM Command List config ethernet_oam ports [ | all] remote OAM peer. The Ethernet OAM link monitoring error frames parameter provides a mechanism to detect and indicate link faults under a variety of conditions.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 514
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The link event parameter configures the capability of the Ethernet OAM critical link event. If the capability for an event is disabled, the port will never send out the corresponding critical link mode. The default mode is active
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 515
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide disable -Specifies critical link event. dying_gasp default method is ignore". Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To configure Ethernet OAM on ports 1 to 2 in active mode: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 516
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the error frame threshold to 2 and period to 1000 ms for port 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config ethernet_oam ports 1 link_monitor error_frame threshold 2 window 1000 notify_state enable Command: config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 517
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the method of processing the received remote loopback command as "process" on port 1: DWS-3160-24PC link has detected a fault and is transmitting OAMPDUs with a link OAM entity supports. OAM entities
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 518
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide o Unidirectional: It indicates that the OAM entity supports the transmission of OAMPDUs on links that are operating in unidirectional mode (traffic flowing in one direction only). o Loopback: It indicates that the OAM entity can
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 519
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ethernet_oam ports 1 statistics Command: show ethernet_oam ports 1 statistics Port 1 Information OAMPDU TX : 67 Information OAMPDU RX : 0 Unique Event Notification OAMPDU TX : 0 Unique Event
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 520
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear ethernet_oam ports 1 statistics Command: clear ethernet_oam ports 1 statistics Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To clear port 1 OAM events: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear ethernet_oam ports 1 event_log Command:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 521
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 52 Peripherals Command List show device_status show environment on the Switch. Format show device_status Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the device status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show device_status
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 522
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the standalone device environment: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show environment Command: show environment Internal Power : Active External Power : Fail Right Fan 1 : Speed Low (3000
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 523
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To configure the warning temperature threshold: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config temperature threshold high 80 Command: config temperature threshold high 80 Success. DWS-3160-24PC The default state
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 524
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 53 Ping Command default is 1 second. - Enter the time-out period here. This value must be between 1 and 99 seconds. Restrictions None. Example To send ICMP echo message to "10.51.17.1" for 4 times: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 525
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 53-2 ping6 Description This default is 1 second. - Enter the time-out period here. This value must be between 1 and 99 seconds. Restrictions None. Example To send ICMP echo message to "3000::1" for 4 times: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 526
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 54 Port Security Command List config port_security system number of port security entries that can be learned by the system. By default, the number is set to no_limit. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 527
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config port_security system max_learning_addr 256 Command: config port_security system max_learning_addr 256 Success. DWS-3160-24PC The default mode is deleteonreset. permanent - The address will never be deleted unless the user removes it manually, the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 528
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 10 lock_address_mode permanent Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 54-3 config of current learned entries on the VLAN, the command will be rejected. The default value is "no_limit" - Enter the maximum number of port
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 529
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the maximum number of VLAN-based port security entries on VLAN 1 to be 64: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config port_security vlan vlanid 1 max_learning_addr 64 Command: config port_security vlan vlanid 1 max_learning_addr 64 Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 530
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format clear port_security_entry {ports [ | all] {[vlan | on port 6: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear port_security_entry ports 6 Command: clear port_security_entry ports 6 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 54-6 show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 531
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display all the port security entries: DWS-3160-24PC Mode Permanent Permanent Permanent Permanent Permanent The Total Entry Number: 5 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show port_security_entry ports Command: show port_security_entry ports MAC Address
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 532
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - (Optional) Specifies the range with limitation are displayed) VID VLAN Name Max. Learning Addr. 1 default 64 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 54-8 enable port_security trap_log Description This command is used to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 533
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the port security trap and save the log: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable port_security trap_log Command: enable port_security trap_log Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 54-9 disable port_security trap_log Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 534
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 55 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Command List config poe system system's maximum power. legacy_pd - Configure legacy PDs detection status, enable for support, if set to disable, can't detect legacy PDs signal. enable - Specifies
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 535
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To config PoE system-wise was setting: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config poe system power_limit 250 power_disconnect_method deny_low_priority_port Command: config poe system power_limit 250 power_disconnect_method deny_low_priority_port Success. DWS-3160-24PC supports.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 536
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide long. clear_time_range - (Optional) Remove the time range power limit should be greater than 1.18*PD_Request_Power, consider cable loss) Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 55-3 show poe system Description This command is used to display
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 537
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show poe system Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the PoE system: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show poe system Command: show poe system PoE System Information Power Limit : 250(Watts) Power Consumption
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 538
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display PoE information of ports 1 to 6: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show poe ports 1-6 Command: show poe ports 1-6 Port State Priority Power Limit(mW) Time Range Class Power(mW) Voltage(decivolt) Current(mA) Status 1 Enabled
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 539
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 56 Power both side of the link. This mechanism will only be supported when hardware support cable diagnostics function. Enable or disable the length detection function. The default state is disabled. enable - Specifies that
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 540
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config power_saving state enable Command: config power_saving state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 56-2 show power_saving Description This command is used to display the current state of power saving. Format show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 541
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 57 Protocol VLAN Command List create dot1v_protocol_group group_id {group_name
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 542
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 57-2 config dot1v_protocol_group add protocol Description This command is used Example To add a protocol IPv6 to protocol group 100: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config dot1v_protocol_group group_id 10 add protocol ethernet_2 86DD Command:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 543
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters group_id - Specifies the group ID to be deleted. protocol group 100: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete dot1v_protocol_group group_id 100 Command: delete dot1v_protocol_group group_id 100 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 57-4 show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 544
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show dot1v_protocol_group group_id 10 Command: show dot1v_protocol_group group_id 10 Protocol Group ID Protocol Group Name Value Frame Type Protocol 10 General_Group EthernetII 86DD Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 545
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example The example is to assign VLAN marketing-1 for untagged ipv6 packet ingress from port 3. To configure the group ID 100 on port 3 to be associated with VLAN marketing-1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config port dot1v ports 3 add protocol_group
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 546
    on the Switch, the administrator should enable GVRP manually. In QinQ mode, GVRP protocol will employ reserve address 01-80-C2-00-00-0D. Format enable qinq Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable QinQ: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 547
    on the Switch, the administrator should enable GVRP manually. Format disable qinq Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable QinQ: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable qinq Command: disable qinq Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 58
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 548
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the inner TPID in the system to 0x9100: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config qinq inner_tpid 0x9100 Command: config qinq inner_tpid 0x9100 Success. DWS-3160-24PC that the port is connecting to the service provider network. missdrop - (Optional) Specifies
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 549
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config qinq ports 1-4 role nni outer_tpid 0x88A8 Command: config qinq ports 1-4 role nni outer_tpid 0x88A8 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 58-5 show qinq Description This command is used to display the global QinQ status
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 550
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the inner-TPID of a system: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show qinq inner_tpid Command: show qinq inner_tpid Inner TPID: 0x9100 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 58-7 show qinq ports Description This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 551
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show qinq ports 1-2 Command: show qinq ports 1-2 Port ID: 1 Role: NNI Miss Drop: Disabled Outer Tpid: 0x88a8 Add Inner Tag: Disabled Port ID: 2 Role: NNI Miss Drop: Disabled Outer Tpid: 0x88a8 Add Inner Tag: Disabled DWS-3160
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 552
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To replace the C-Tag in which the CVID is 2, with the S-Tag and the S-VID is 3 at UNI Port 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create vlan_translation
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 553
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete vlan_translation ports 1-4 Command: delete vlan_translation ports 1-4 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 58-10 show vlan_translation Description This command is used to display the existing C-VLAN-based VLAN
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 554
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 59 Quality of Service (QoS) Command List config bandwidth_control [ | all] {rx_rate [no_limit | ] | tx_rate [ no_limit | ]} show bandwidth_control {} config per_queue
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 555
    Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the transmitting data rate here. This value must be between 64 and 1024000 Kbits/sec. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the port bandwidth: DWS-3160-24PC that support MAC-
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 556
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show bandwidth_control 1-10 Command: show bandwidth_control 1-10 Bandwidth Control /sec 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 59-3 config per_queue bandwidth_control Description This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 557
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide adjusted. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the ports 1-10 CoS bandwidth queue 1 min rate to 130 and max rate to 100000: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config per_queue bandwidth_control ports 1-10 1 min_rate
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 558
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show per_queue bandwidth_control 10 Command: show per_queue 960 No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 59-5 config scheduling Description This command is used to configure
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 559
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 59-6 config scheduling_mechanism Description This command is used to on port 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config scheduling_mechanism ports 1 strict Command: config scheduling_mechanism ports 1 strict Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 59-7
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 560
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Specifies a range for each CoS queue on port 1(take eight hardware priority queues for example): DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show scheduling 1 Command: show scheduling 1 QOS Output Scheduling On Port:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 561
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the scheduling mechanism for ports 1 to 5: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show scheduling_mechanism 1-5 Command: show scheduling_mechanism 1-5 Port ----1 2 3 4 5 Mode -----Strict Strict Strict Strict Strict DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 562
    -3> Priority-4 -> Priority-5 -> Priority-6 -> Priority-7 -> DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 59-11 config 802.1p default_priority Description This command is used to configure the 802.1p default priority settings on the Switch. If an untagged packet is received by the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 563
    default priority settings on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1p default_priority all 5 Command: config 802.1p default_priority all 5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC port default priority whereas it will become the priority associated with MAC address. NOTE: Only devices supporting MAC-based
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 564
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display 802.1p default priority: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show 802.1p default_priority 1-10 Command: show 802.1p default_priority 1-10 Port ---1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Priority ----------5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 565
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable hol_prevention Command: enable hol_prevention Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 59-14 disable hol_prevention Description This command is used to disable HOL prevention on the Switch. Format disable
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 566
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display HOL prevention state on the Switch. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show hol_prevention Command: show hol_prevention Device HOL Prevention State: Enabled DWS-3160-24PC on the Switch. state - Enable or disable to trust DSCP. By default, DSCP trust
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 567
    status on the Switch will be displayed. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To display the DSCP trust status on ports 1-8: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show dscp the packet will base on the new DSCP. By default, the DSCP is mapped to the same DSCP. 563
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 568
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide These DSCP mapping will take effect at the same time when IP packet ingress from a DSCPtrusted port. Format config dscp map {[ | all]} [dscp_priority to | dscp_dscp to ]
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 569
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show dscp map {} and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To display DSCP map configuration on port 1. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show dscp map 1 dscp_dscp Command: show dscp map 1 dscp_dscp DSCP to DSCP Mapping:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 570
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 60 Remote Switched Port Analyzer (RSPAN) Command List enable rspan disable rspan create rspan vlan [vlan_name | vlan_id ] delete rspan vlan [vlan_name | vlan_id ]
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 571
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the RSPAN function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable rspan Command: enable rspan Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 60-2 disable rspan Description This command is used to disable the RSPAN function. Format disable rspan Parameters
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 572
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters vlan_name - Create the RSPAN VLAN by DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create rspan vlan vlan_name v2 Command: create rspan vlan vlan_name v2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To create an RSPAN VLAN entry by VLAN ID "3": DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 573
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete an RSPAN VLAN entry by VLAN name "v2": DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete rspan vlan vlan_name v2 Command: delete rspan vlan vlan_name v2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To delete an RSPAN VLAN entry by VLAN ID "3": DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 574
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To configure an RSPAN source entry without source target port: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config rspan vlan vlan_name v2 source add ports 2-5 rx Command: config rspan
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 575
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the VLAN name here. vlan_id - (Optional) Specifies the RSPAN VLAN by VLAN ID. - Enter the VLAN ID here. This value must be between 1 and 4094. Restrictions None. Example To display the RSPAN settings: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 576
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 61 Safeguard Engine Command List config safeguard_engine {state [enable 100% , if the CPU utilization is lower than the falling threshold, the Switch enters normal mode. - Enter the utilization falling value here.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 577
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config safeguard_engine state enable utilization rising 50 falling 30 trap_log enable Command: config safeguard_engine state enable utilization rising 50 falling 30 trap_log enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 578
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 62 Secure Shell (SSH) Command List config ssh algorithm [3DES | 62-1 config ssh algorithm Description This command is used to configure the SSH service algorithm. Format config ssh algorithm [3DES | AES128 | AES192 | AES256
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 579
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable SSH server public key algorithm: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config ssh algorithm DSA enable Command: config ssh algorithm DSA enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 62-2 show ssh algorithm Description This command is used to display the SSH service
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 580
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ssh algorithm Command: show ssh algorithm Encryption Algorithm 3DES : Enabled AES128 : Enabled AES192 : Enabled AES256 : Enabled Arcfour : Enabled Blowfish : Enabled Cast128 : Enabled Twofish128
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 581
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure user authentication method: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config ssh authmode publickey enable Command: config ssh authmode publickey enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 62-4 show ssh authmode Description This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 582
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters user - Specifies the user name.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 583
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ssh user authmode Command: show ssh user authmode Current Accounts: User Name Authentication Host Name Host IP between SSH client and server. The default value is 22.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 584
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure SSH server maximum session number is 3: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config ssh server maxsession 3 Command: config ssh server maxsession 3 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 62-8 enable ssh Description This command is used to enable SSH server services
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 585
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable the SSH server services: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable ssh Command: disable ssh Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 586
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 582
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 587
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 63 Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) Command List download ssl keyfilename Parameters - Enter the TFTP server IP address used for this configuration here. certfilename - Specifies the desired certificate
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 588
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# download ssl certificate 10.55.47.1 certfilename cert.der keyfilename pkey.der Command: download ssl certificate 10.55.47.1 certfilename cert.der keyfilename pkey.der Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 63-2 enable
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 589
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#enable ssl Command: enable ssl Note: Web will be disabled if SSL is enabled. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 63-3 disable ssl Description This command is used to configure SSL feature and supported cipher suites. This will
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 590
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable ssl Command: disable ssl Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 63-4 show ssl Description This command is used to display the certificate status. User must download specified certificate type according to desired key
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 591
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 63-5 show ssl cachetimeout Description This command is used to display the cached timeout value which is designed for the 'dlktimer' library to remove the session ID after expiration. In order to support the 'resume session' feature
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 592
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the SSL cache timeout value to 60: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config ssl cachetimeout 60 Commands: config ssl cachetimeout 60 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 588
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 593
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 64 sFlow Command List create sflow flow_sampler ports [< . If set to 0, the sampler is disabled. If the rate is not specified, its default value is 0. - Enter the sampling rate value here. This value must
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 594
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To create an sFlow flow sampler: DWS-3160-24PC and forwarded to the server. If not specified, the default value is 128. - Enter the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 595
    sampler port 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete sflow flow_sampler ports 1 Command: delete sflow flow_sampler ports 1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 64-4 create sflow counter_poller Description This command is used to create the sFlow counter poller. The poller function instructs the Switch to forward
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 596
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies the list of ports to be configured. - Enter the list of ports that will be used for this configuration here. all - Specifies all ports on the Switch not specified, its default value is disabled
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 597
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the interval of sFlow counter poller port 1 to be 0: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sflow counter_poller ports 1 interval disable Command: config sflow counter_poller ports 1 interval disable Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 598
    . If not specified, the default value is 1400 bytes. - Enter the maximum datagram size here. This value must be between 300 and 1400. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To create the analyzer server: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create sflow
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 599
    default value is 1400 bytes. - Enter the maximum datagram size here. This value must be between 300 and 1400. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To configure the host 10.90.90.90 to be the sFlow analyzer server with the ID 1: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 600
    To delete an analyzer server: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete sflow analyzer_server 1 Command: delete sflow analyzer_server 1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 64-10 enable sflow Description This command is used to enable the sFlow function on the Switch. Format enable sflow Parameters None. Restrictions
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 601
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 64-11 disable sflow Description This command is used to disable the sFlow function on the Switch. Format disable sflow Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable the sFlow globally: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 602
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show sflow Command: show sflow sFlow Version sFlow Address sFlow State : V5 : 10.90.90.90 : Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 64-13 show sflow flow_sampler Description This command is used to display the sFlow
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 603
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show sflow counter_poller Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To display the sFlow counter poller information of ports which have been created: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 604
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show sflow analyzer_server Command: show sflow analyzer_server sFlow Analyzer_server Information Server ID : 1 Owner : sflowowner Timeout : 400 Current Countdown Time: 361 Collector Address : 10.90.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 605
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 65 Show Technical Support Command List show tech_support upload tech_support_toTFTP 65-1 show tech_support Description This command is used by the technical support personnel to dump the device
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 606
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show tech_support Command: show tech_support # DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch # Technical Support Information # # Firmware: Build 1.00.034 # Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 607
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format upload tech_support_toTFTP Parameters - Specifies the IP address of TFTP server. - Specifies the file name to store the information of technique's support in TFTP server
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 608
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 66 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Command List create snmp community view [read_only | read_write] delete snmp community show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 609
    to the Switch's SNMP agent. The default read only community string is public. The default read write community string is private. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To create a read-only level SNMP community "System" with a "CommunityView" view: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 610
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete snmp community Parameters community a SNMP community "System": DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete snmp community System Command: delete snmp community System Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-3 show snmp
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 611
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show snmp community Command: show snmp community SNMP Community Table Community Name Right System private public View Name CommunityView CommunityView CommunityView Access ----------read_only read_write read_only Total Entries: 3 DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 612
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide priv - (Optional) A privacy key used by DES, it is snmp user user123 group123 encrypted by_password auth md5 12345678 priv des 12345678 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-5 delete snmp user Description This command is used to remove
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 613
    -3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 66-6 show snmp user Description This command is used to display information on each SNMP username in the group username table. Format show snmp user Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display SNMP user: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 614
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 615
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete SNMP group "group123": DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete snmp group group123 Command: delete snmp group group123 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-9 show snmp groups Description This command is used to display the names of groups
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 616
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show snmp groups Command: show snmp groups Vacm Access Table Settings Group Name : System ReadView Name : CommunityView WriteView Name : Notify View Name : CommunityView Securiy
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 617
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create SNMP view "view123": DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create snmp view view123 1.3.6 view_type included Command: create snmp view view123 1.3.6 view_type included Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-11 delete snmp view Description This
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 618
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters view - (Optional) View name of the user who likes to display. - Enter the view name here. The name can be up to 32 characters long. Restrictions None. Example To display SNMP view: DWS-3160-24PC IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 619
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide noauth_nopriv - Neither support packet authentication nor encrypting. auth_nopriv - Support packet authentication. auth_priv - Support packet authentication and encrypting. - Authentication string. If the v1 or v2
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 620
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete snmp host 10.0.0.1 Command: delete snmp host 10.0.0.1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-15 show snmp host Description This command is used to display the recipient for which the traps are targeted. Format show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 621
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters v6host - (Optional) Specifies the IPv6 host address. - Enter the IPv6 address used for the configuration here. If no parameter specified, all SNMP hosts will be displayed. Restrictions None. Example To display SNMP host: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 622
    # config snmp engineID 1023457890 Command: config snmp engineID 1023457890 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-18 show snmp engineID Description This command is used to display the identification of the SNMP engine on the Switch. The default value is suggested in RFC2271. The very first bit is 1, and
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 623
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show snmp engineID Command: show snmp engineID SNMP Engine ID : 1023457890 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-19 enable snmp Description This command is used to enable the SNMP function. Format enable snmp Parameters None.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 624
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable SNMP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable snmp Command: disable snmp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-21 config snmp system_name Description This command is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 625
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config snmp system_location {} Parameters system_location - A Switch location for "HQ 5F": DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config snmp system_location HQ 5F Command: config snmp system_location HQ 5F Success. DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 626
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 66-24 enable snmp traps Description This command is used to enable SNMP trap support. Format enable snmp traps Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To enable SNMP trap support: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 627
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable snmp traps Command: disable snmp traps Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-26 enable snmp authenticate_traps Description This command is used to enable SNMP authentication failure trap support. Format
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 628
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable SNMP authentication trap support: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable snmp authenticate_traps Command: disable snmp authenticate_traps Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 629
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable the sending of link change traps: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable snmp linkchange_traps Command: disable snmp linkchange_traps Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 630
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 66-31 config snmp default state is enabled. disable - Disable the trap of the cold start event. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the trap for cold start event: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 631
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the trap state for warm start event: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config snmp warmstart_traps enable Command: config snmp warmstart_traps enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-33 show snmp traps Description This command is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 632
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config rmon trap {rising_alarm [enable | disable] | falling_alarm [enable | disable]} (1) Parameters rising_alarm - (Optional) Specifies the trap state for rising alarm. The default state is enabled. enable - Specifies that
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 633
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show rmon Command: show rmon RMON Rising Alarm Trap RMON Falling Alarm Trap : Disabled : Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 629
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 634
    is used to enable the Single IP Management (SIM) feature on the Switch. Format enable sim Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable SIM: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable sim Command: enable sim Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 67-2 disable sim Description
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 635
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable sim Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable SIM: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable sim Command: disable sim Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 67-3 show sim Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 636
    sim candidates Command: show sim candidates ID MAC Address Platform / Hold Firmware Device Name Capability Time Version 1 00-11-22-33-32-32 DWS-3160-24TC L2 Switch 80 1.00.034 Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the member information in summary, if user Specifies member
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 637
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show sim group commander_mac 00-11-22-33-45-67 Command: show sim group commander_mac 00-11-22-33-45-67 == Group Info Table == [*** Commander Info ***] MAC Address : 00-11-22-33-45-67 Group Name : Internal Device Name : Firmware Version
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 638
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To reconnect to a member: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# reconfig member_id 1 Command: reconfig member_id 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# Login: 67-5 config sim_group Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 639
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sim_group delete 1 Command: config sim_group delete 1 Please wait for ACK !!! SIM Configure Success !!! Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 67-6 config sim Description This command is used to configure the role state
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 640
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sim candidate Command: config sim candidate Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To update name of group: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sim commander group_name mygroup Command: config sim commander group_name mygroup Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 641
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide members - (Optional) Specifies a range of members who can download this firmware or configuration. 01-02-03-04-00 Success DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To download the firmware: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# download sim_ms firmware_from_tftp 10.55
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 642
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters configuration_to_tftp - Specifies that the configuration will be uploaded to the TFTP server. log_to_tftp - Specifies that the log file will be uploaded to the TFTP server. - Specifies the IP DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 643
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 68 Syslog and Trap Sourceinterface Command List config syslog source IP interface. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To configure the syslog source IP interface: DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 644
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config syslog source_ipif none Command: config syslog source_ipif none Success DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 68-2 show syslog source_ipif Description This command is used to display the syslog source IP interface.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 645
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ipif - Specifies the IP interface name. If only Specifies this parameter, the least IPv4 address and the smallest IPv6 address of ipif_name will be used as source IP addresses. - Enter the IP interface name
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 646
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the trap source IP interface: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show trap source_ip Command: show trap source_ipif Trap Source IP Interface Configuration: IP Interface IPv4 Address IPv6 Address : System : None : None DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 642
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 647
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 69 System Log Command List clear log show log {[index | severity {module -1 clear log Description This command is used to clear the Switch's history log. Format clear log Parameters None. Restrictions Only
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 648
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear log Command: clear log Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 69-2 show log Description This command is used to display the Switch's history log. Format show log {[index | severity {module
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 649
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show log index 1-3 Command: show log index 1-3 Index Date Time Level Log Text 3 2000-01-29 03:42:35 CRIT(2) System started up 2 2000-01-29 03:42:35 CRIT(2) System cold start 1 2000-01-29 03:41:43 INFO(6) Port 2 link down DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 650
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable syslog Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To enable the sending of syslog messages: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable syslog Command: enable syslog Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 69
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 651
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 69-6 show syslog Description This command is used to display the syslog protocol global state. Format show syslog Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the syslog protocol global state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 652
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide alert - Severity level 1 critical - Severity ipaddress - (Optional) Specifies IP address for the host. - Enter the IP address used for the configuration the syslog host configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config syslog host
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 653
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create syslog host ipaddress [ |] {severity [emergency used here. ipaddress - (Optional) Specifies IP address for the host. - Enter the IP address used for the configuration here. <
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 654
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create syslog host 1 ipaddress 10.90.90.1 severity all debug facility local0 Command: create syslog host 1 ipaddress 10.90.90.1 severity all debug facility local0 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 69-9 delete syslog host
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 655
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters host - The host index or all hosts. - (Optional) Enter the host index value here. If no parameter is specified, all hosts will be displayed. Restrictions None. Example To display the syslog host information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 656
    or "save all" command. The default setting is on_demand. log_trigger - Save log to flash whenever a new log event arrives. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To configure the method for saving a log as on demand: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config log_save_timing
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 657
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show log_save_timing Command: show log_save_timing Saving Log Method: On_demand DWS-3160-24PC: 17 15:00:14 CRIT(2) Land attack is blocked from (IP: 10.72.24.1 Port: 7) DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 69-14 clear attack_log Description This command is used to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 658
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format clear attack_log Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To clear the master's attack log: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear attack_log Command: clear attack_log Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 654
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 659
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 70 System Severity Command List config system_severity [trap | log | all] [emergency severity level control as information level for trap: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config system_severity trap information Command: config system_severity
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 660
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 70-2 show system_severity Description This command is used to display the severity level controls for the system. Format show system_severity Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display severity level control for system: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 661
    this command. Example TELNET to a Switch by Specifiesing the IP address: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# telnet 10.90.90.90 Command: telnet 10.90.90.90 DWS-3160-24TC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. UserName: 657
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 662
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 72 TFTP Client Command List download [firmware_fromTFTP [ | < 64>}] Parameters firmware_fromTFTP - Specifies to download firmware from a TFTP server. - (Optional) The IP address of the TFTP server.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 663
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To download firmware from TFTP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# download firmware_fromTFTP 10.54.71.1 src_file px.had Command: download firmware_fromTFTP 10.54.71.1 src_file px.had Connecting to server Done. Download firmware IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 664
    device to a TFTP server: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# upload firmware_toTFTP 10.1.1.1 dest_file D:\firmware.had src_file 100b70.had Command: upload firmware_toTFTP 10.1.1.1 dest_file D:\firmware.had src_file 100b70.had Connecting to server Done. Upload firmware Done. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# In case that the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 665
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# upload firmware_toTFTP 10.1.1.1 dest_file D:\firmware.had src_file 100b70.had Command: upload firmware_toTFTP 10.1.1.1 dest_file D:\firmware.had src_file 100b70.had No such file. Failure! DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 666
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 73 Time and SNTP Command List config sntp {primary server IP address. - Enter the IP address used for this configuration here. secondary - (Optional) SNTP secondary server IP address. - Enter the IP address
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 667
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sntp primary 10.1.1.1 secondary 10.1.1.2 pollinterval 30 Command: config sntp primary 10.1.1.1 secondary 10.1.1.2 poll-interval 30 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 73-2 show sntp Description This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 668
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To enable SNTP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable sntp Command: enable sntp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 73-4 disable sntp Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 669
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config time
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 670
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure time zone: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config time_zone operator + hour 8 min 00 Command: config time_zone operator + hour 8 min 0 Success. DWS-3160-24PC of offset are 30, 60, 90, and 120. The default value is 60. 30 - Specifies that the offset range will
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 671
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide during summertime. The ranges of offset are 30, 60, 90,120; default value is 60. 30 - Specifies that the offset range will 30 issue this command. Example To configure DST: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config dst repeating s_week 2 s_day tue
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 672
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the time: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show time Command: show time Current Time Source : System Clock Boot Time : 19 2nd Wed 15:30 Annual From : 29 Apr 00:00 To : 12 Oct 00:00 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 668
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 673
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter | probe } Parameters - Specifies the IP address of the destination end station. ttl - (Optional) value of 1 to 65535 seconds can be specified. The default is 5 seconds. - Enter the timeout
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 674
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#traceroute 72.14.203.106 a response from the remote device. A value of 1 to 65535 seconds can be specified. The default is 5 seconds. - Enter the timeout period value here. This value must be
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 675
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To trace the IPv6 routed path between the Switch and 3000::1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# traceroute6 3000::1 probe 3 Command: traceroute6 3000::1 probe
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 676
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 75 Traffic Control Command List config traffic control [ | all] {broadcast - (Optional) Enable or disable unknown packet storm control. ( Supported for drop mode only) enable - Specifies that unicast storm control
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 677
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide this timer runs out, port will be shutdown forever. The parameter is so that the traffic control status is enabled on ports 1-12: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config traffic control 1-12 broadcast enable action shutdown threshold 1
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 678
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable both the occurred mode and cleared mode traffic control traps: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config traffic trap both Command: config traffic trap both Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 75-3 show traffic control Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 679
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show traffic control 1-10 Command: show traffic applicable for shutdown mode. Since shutdown mode only support broadcast and multicast storm control, doesn't support unicast storm control. The log only generate for
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 680
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the traffic log state on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config traffic control log state enable Command: config traffic control log state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 75-5 config traffic control
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 681
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 76 Traffic Segmentation Command List config traffic_segmentation [< DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config traffic_segmentation 1-10 forward_list 11-15 Command: config traffic_segmentation 1-10 forward_list 11-15 Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 682
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Specifies a range of ports to be displayed. If no parameter is specified, the system will display all current traffic segmentation tables. Restrictions None. Example To display traffic segmentation table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 683
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 77 Trusted Host Command List create trusted_host [ | | network < | ssh | http | https | ping} Parameters - Enter the IP address of the trusted host here. - Enter the IPv6 address of
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 684
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create trusted_host 10.48.74.121 Command: create trusted_host 10.48.74.121 Success. DWS-3160-24PC: ipv6networkaddr> | all] Parameters ipaddr - The IP address of the trusted host. - Enter the IP address used for this configuration here. ipv6addr
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 685
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config trusted_host [ | | network | ipv6_prefix ] [add | delete] {snmp | telnet | ssh | http | https | ping | all} Parameters - Enter the IP address of the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 686
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display trusted hosts: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show trusted_host Command: show trusted_host Management Stations IP Address Access Interface 10.48.74.121/32 SNMP Telnet SSH HTTP HTTPs Ping 1234::1 SNMP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 687
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 78 Unicast Routing Command List create iproute [default] {} {[primary | backup]} delete iproute [default | ] show iproute {static} show ipfdb {[ip_address |
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 688
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create iproute default 10.1.1.254 primary Command: create iproute default 10.1.1.254 primary Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 78-2 delete iproute Description This command is used to delete an IP route entry from the Switch's IP routing
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 689
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the contents of the IP routing table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show iproute Command: show iproute Routing Table IP Address/Netmask 0.0.0.0/0 192.168.69.0/24 Gateway 192.168.69.1 0.0.0.0
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 690
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ipfdb Command: show ipfdb Interface -----------System System IP Address 192.168.69.1 192.168.69.66 Port -----1 1 Learned --------Dynamic Dynamic Total Entries: 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 686
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 691
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ipif [authtype [none | simple authdata | ip authdata ]] delete vrrp {vrid ipif
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 692
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide VRRP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable vrrp Command: disable vrrp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 255. ipif - Specifies the IP interface used for this configuration. - Enter the IP interface name used here. This name
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 693
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide within the same VRRP group. Default is settings is true. true IP state checking will be disabled. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create a VRRP entry: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 694
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters vrid - specifies the ID of the Virtual Router used. - Enter the Virtual Router ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 255. ipif - Specifies the IP the same VRRP group. Default is setting is true.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 695
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config vrrp ipif [authtype [none | simple authdata | ip authdata ]] Parameters ipif - Specifies the name of IP interface used for this configuration. - Enter the IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 696
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ipif - (Optional) Specifies the IP interface name used. - Enter the IP interface VRRP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete vrrp vrid 3 ipif System Command: delete vrrp vrid 3 ipif System Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 79
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 697
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show vrrp Command: show vrrp Global VRRP : Enabled Non-owner Response Ping: Disabled Interface Name Authentication type Authentication Data : System : Simple Text Password : 12345678 VRID : 1 Virtual IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 698
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 80 VLAN Trunking Command List enable vlan_trunk disable vlan_trunk To enable the VLAN Trunk: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable vlan_trunk Command: enable vlan_trunk Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 80-2 disable vlan_trunk Description
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 699
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable the VLAN Trunk: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable vlan_trunk Command: disable vlan_trunk Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 80-3 config vlan_trunk Description
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 700
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Enter a list of ports used for the disable The link aggregation member port cannot be configured. Fail. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# Port 6 is LA-1 member port; port 7 is LA-1 master port: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 701
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Port 6, 7 have different VLAN configurations before enabling VLAN trunk. Port 6 is LA-1 member port; port 7 is LA-1 master port. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config vlan_trunk ports 7 state disable Command: config vlan_trunk ports 7 state disable The link aggregation
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 702
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show vlan_trunk Command: show vlan_trunk VLAN Trunk Global Setting VLAN Trunk Status : Enabled VLAN Trunk Member Ports : 1-7 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# The following example displays the VLAN information which will
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 703
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ] | mode [auto | manual]] config voice_vlan aging_time
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 704
    . Example To disable the voice VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable voice_vlan Command: disable voice_vlan Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 81-3 config voice_vlan priority Description This command is used to configure the voice VLAN priority value used by this Switch. The voice VLAN priority will be the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 705
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the priority of the voice VLAN to be six: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config voice_vlan priority 6 Command: config voice_vlan priority 6 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 81-4 config voice_vlan oui Description This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 706
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config voice_vlan oui add 00-0A-0B-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-0000 Command: config voice_vlan oui add 00-0A-0B-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-00-00 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 81-5 config voice_vlan ports Description This command is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 707
    set. The default value is 720 minutes. - Enter the aging time value here. This value must be between 1 and 65535. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To set 60 minutes as the aging time of voice VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 708
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the voice VLAN global information when voice VLAN is enabled: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show voice_vlan Command: show voice_vlan Voice VLAN State : Enabled VLAN ID : 2 VLAN Name : v2 Priority
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 709
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the OUI information of voice VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC: E0-BB-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-00-00 3COM Total Entries: 9 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 81-9 show voice_vlan ports Description This command is used to display the port
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 710
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show voice_vlan ports 1-5 Command: show voice_vlan ports 1-5 Ports ----- 1 2 3 4 5 Status --------- Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled Mode -------- Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 81-10 show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 711
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show voice_vlan voice_device port 1-5 Command: show 01-02-03 2011-10-6 18:30 2011-10-6 20:30 Total Entries: 6 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 81-11 config voice_vlan log state Description This command is used to configure the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 712
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 82 Wireless Access | 255 | 511 | 1023 | default] | txop_limit [ | default]] | edca template [custom | default | voice]] | rate [basic [add | delete ] | supported [add | delete ]]
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 713
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create an new AP profile: DWS-3160-24TC:admin#create wireless ap_profile 2 Command: create wireless ap_profile 2 Create AP Profile ID : 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 82-2 create wireless ap_profile copy Description This command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 714
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24TC:admin#show wireless ap_profile Command: show wireless ap_profile AP Profile ID 1 2 Profile Name Default approfile_2 Profile Status Configured Configured Total Entries : 2 DWS-3160-24TC:admin#create wireless ap_profile
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 715
    -3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To delete the AP Profile with ID 5: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless ap_profile 5 Command: delete wireless ap_profile 5 Delete AP Profile ID : 5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 716
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Specifies to restores an AP profile configuration to its default values, except for the profile name. The profile number of radios the AP supports (single or dual) and the IEEE 802.11 modes that the radio supports. Any - Specifies a
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 717
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide auto_eligible - Specifies to enable either one or all of the supported channels on the radio to be eligible for auto-channel selection. If you Specifies one channel, the command will succeed only if this channel is supported by the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 718
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide disable - Specifies to send any acknowledgements power algorithm will not reduce the power below the number you set in the default power field. By default, the power level is 100%. Even if you enable the automatic power feature,
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 719
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide protection mode is enabled, APs and stations Specifies that the Maximum Contention Window value will be set as 1023ms. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. cwmin - Specifies to configure the Minimum Contention
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 720
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide manually configured. If the user selects 'custom', then the user can change the AP and station parameters. If user selects 'voice' or 'default', then the Switch stations associating with the AP must support. add - Specifies to add a
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 721
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide stations. add - Specifies to add a supported data rate to the corresponding list. - Enter a valid data rate, in Mbps, here based on the radio mode. delete - Specifies to delete a supported data rate from the corresponding
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 722
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide default - Specifies that the default option will be used. rts_threshold - Specifies the RTS threshold for the radio. This indicates the number of octets in an MPDU, below which an RTS/
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 723
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 clear Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 clear All configurations will be set to the default values for this profile except the profile name. Are you sure you want to clear the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 724
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 disconnected_ap management_mode enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 disconnected_ap management_mode enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable the automatic power save delivery
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 725
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 dot11n channel_bandwidth 20 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 dot11n channel_bandwidth 20 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable the short guard interval when operating in 802.11n mode: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 726
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 fragmentation_threshold 2312 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 fragmentation_threshold 2312 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable the incorrect-frame-no-ack for the Radio 1 of AP Profile 1: DWS-3160
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 727
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 mcs_index delete 3 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 mcs_index delete 3 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the maximum number of simultaneous clients for the Radio 1 of AP Profile 1: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 728
    Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure the parameters of QoS AP-EDCA queues (including voice, video, best-effort and background queues) for the Radio 1 of AP Profile 1. The parameters include AIFS, Minimum Contention Window, Maximum Contention Window, and Maximum Burst Duration. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 729
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 qos station_edca voice aifs 22 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 qos station_edca voice aifs 22 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 730
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rate_limit state enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rate_limit state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure normal and burst traffic rate limiting for the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 731
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rf_scan sentry mode enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rf_scan sentry mode enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rf_scan sentry
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 732
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 wmm enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 wmm enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC for the radio. supported - Specifies to display the list of supported data rates for
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 733
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_profile Command: show wireless ap_profile AP Profile ID 1 2 3 4 Profile Name approfile Default Default Default Profile Status Associated - Modified Configured Configured Configured Total Entries : 4 DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 734
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Radio Status Mode RF Scan - Default Power (%) Load Balancing Load Utilization (%) Station Isolation Channel Bandwidth Primary Channel Protection Short Guard Interval STBC Mode Multicast Transmit Rate UAPSD Mode No ACK DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 735
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 auto_eligible Command: show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 auto_eligible AP Profile ID Profile Name Radio Mode : 1 : approfile : 1 - Sentry : 802.11a/n Supported Channels (*
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 736
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To display the basic rate lists and supported rate list of radio 1 of AP Profile 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rates Command: show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rates AP Profile ID Profile Name Radio
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 737
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 vap Command: show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 vap AP Profile ID : 1 Radio : 1 VAP Mode Network 0 Enable 1 -dlink1 1 Enable 2 -dlink2 2 Disabled 3 -dlink3 3
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 738
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 83 Wireless AP Failure Status Command List y delete wireless ap failed All the failed managed AP entries deleted. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 83-2 delete wireless ap_failure list Description This command is used to delete
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 739
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete wireless ap_failure list Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To delete all entries from the AP failure list: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless ap_failure list Command:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 740
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_failure Command: show wireless ap_failure MAC Address (*) Peer Managed IP Address Last Failure Type Age 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 192.168.69.126 No Database Entry 0d:00:00:13 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 741
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 84 Wireless Client Association Command List config wireless client disassociate [all this command. Example To disassociate all associated clients: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless client disassociate all Command: config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 742
    distributed tunnel information will be displayed. Restrictions None. Example To display the client summary: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless client summary Command: show wireless client summary MAC Address (*) Peer Managed IP Address NetBIOS Name *00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 192.168.69.69 W0ND3RB0
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 743
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless : : : : DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the neighbor AP of the specified client: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 neighbor ap Command: show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 744
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 statistics Command: show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 statistics MAC address Packets
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 745
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 statistics session Command: show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 statistics session MAC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 746
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Discovery Reason - Displays one or more discovery Switch MAC Address - Displays the Ethernet address of the WS associating this client. Switch IP Address - Displays the network IP address of the WS associating this client. Tunnel IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 747
    Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 dist_tunnel Command: show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 dist_tunnel MAC address : 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 VAP MAC Address : 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 AP MAC Address : 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 Associating Switch : Peer Switch Switch
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 748
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide client - Specifies that client stations will be displayed. client - Specifies that client stations will be displayed. Restrictions None. Example To display associated clients on all managed SSIDs: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ssid
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 749
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display summary data for all Switches with associated clients: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless switch client Command: show wireless switch client Switch IP Address 192.168.69.124 Client MAC Address 00
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 750
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless vap client Command: show wireless vap client VAP MAC Address AP MAC Address Location Radio Client MAC Address 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 1 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 751
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 85 Wireless Ad Hoc Status Command all Ad Hoc client entries? (y/n) y All Ad Hoc client entries deleted. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 85-2 show wireless adhoc Description This command is used to display summary or detailed
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 752
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Enter the client MAC address here. Restrictions None. Example To display a summary of the Ad Hoc list: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless adhoc Command: show wireless adhoc MAC Address AP MAC Address
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 753
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 86 Wireless Detected Client Database Command List delete client list? (y/n) y All detected client entries cleared. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 86-2 config wireless detected_client ack_rogue Description This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 754
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless detected_client ack_rogue [all | < can issue this command. Example To acknowledge all rogue clients: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless detected_client ack_rogue all Command: config wireless detected_client
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 755
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To clear the pre-authentication history maintained for all the clients present in the detected client database: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless detected_client preauth_history_purge all Command: config wireless detected_client
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 756
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless detected_client {} Parameters - (Optional) Enter the MAC address of the specified detected client here. Restrictions None. Example To display the status information for all the detected clients: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 757
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all detected clients' pre-authentication history: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless detected_client pre_auth_history Command: show wireless detected_client pre_auth_history MAC Address AP MAC Address 00-02-BB-00
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 758
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters roam_history - Specifies the -00-14-00 Total History Entries : 15 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the roam history of a specific client detected: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless detected_client roam_history 00:02:BB
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 759
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless detected_client rogue_classification Parameters . Example To display the detected client rogue-classification: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless detected_client rogue_classification F4-9F54-6B-48-
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 760
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters triangulation - Specifies the signal triangulation status for the specified client entry. - Enter the MAC address of the specified detected client here. Restrictions None.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 761
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide default] | security [any | open | wep | wpa | default] | ssid [ | clear] | wire_mode [allowed | not_allowed | default to the local valid AP database: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless ap_database 00-22-B0-3D-AB-40
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 762
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless ap_database all Command: delete wireless ap_database all Success. DWS-3160-24PC AP will be managed by the Wireless Switch upon discovery. This is the default managed mode. profile - Specifies the AP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 763
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 16. The default option is 1. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. password - Specifies the password that AP must used to authenticate to the Wireless Switch WPA/WPA2. This is the default option. open - Specifies
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 764
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_database 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 location 5F Command: config wireless ap_database 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 location 5F Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the AP in managed mode and using profile 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 765
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 87-4 show wireless ap_database Description This command is used to display valid AP database Radio 2 Channel Radio 2 power : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 : 5F : rogue : no : 1 - Default : 36 : Auto : Auto : Auto DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 761
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 766
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 762
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 767
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 88 Wireless Managed AP Command List config wireless ap . disable - Specifies that the AP debug mode will be disabled. This is the default option. enable - Specifies that the AP debug mode will be enabled. radio - Specifies
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 768
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 debug enable Command: config wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 debug enable Enter password (32 characters max):***** Enter the new password again for confirmation:***** Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 769
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless ap_neighbors Command: delete wireless ap_neighbors Are you sure you want to delete all neighbor entries (both AP and Client) for all managed APs (y/n) y All managed AP neighbor entries deleted. Success. DWS-3160-24PC The default value is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 770
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_download image_type img_dwl8600 tftp://10.254.254.254/dwl8600/8600_D_9_3_1.tar Command: config wireless ap_download image_type img_dwl8600 tftp://10.254.254.254/dwl8600/8600_D_9_3_1.tar Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 771
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless ap_download Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display an AP code download configuration and status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_download Command: show wireless ap_download img_dwl8600 File Name
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 772
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Enter the WS managed AP or set request will be displayed. power - (Optional) Specifies to display the manual power adjustment status for a WS managed AP. The individual AP status for a wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 773
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 AP MAC Address : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Location : IP Address : 192.168.69.126 IP Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0 Managing Switch : Local Switch Switch MAC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 774
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To display the channel status of a managed AP on radio 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 channel Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 channel Manual Channel Adjustment Status : Success Channel : 36 DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 775
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0 12 Rogue 0d:00:06:20 Total Neighbor APs: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the neighbor clients of a managed AP on radio 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 776
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22 0 15 00-22-B0-3C-DD-CF dlink16 0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the detailed status of a managed AP on radio 1 VAP 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 777
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Failures : 0 Client Authentication Failures : 0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the detailed statistics of a managed AP on radio 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 778
    Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To display the summary statistics of a managed AP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless : 0 : 418436 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 1425 : 2707 : 181479 : 1531606 : 357 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the RF scan status of a managed AP: 774
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 779
    -3C-DD-C0 : dlink1 : D-Link Corporation : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 : 802.11a/n : 36 : Managed : Managed : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 : 1 - 802.11a/n : 60 : 100 : 0d:01:02:23 : 0d:00:17:23 : Open : 144.4 Mbps : Supported : Not Ad hoc : Managed by the local switch : Not Required DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 780
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 rf_scan rogue_classification Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 rf_scan rogue_classification Cond
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 781
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the summary of all managed APs: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap Command: show wireless ap MAC Address Configuration (*) Peer Managed IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 782
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap rf_scan Command: show wireless ap rf_scan MAC Address SSID 00-00-B0-F0-C8-AA dlink switch. This status displays only if the Integrated AP Image Mode is supported by the wireless switch.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 783
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Managed - The AP profile configuration has been applied to the AP and it is operating in managed mode. Failed - The Unified Switch Displays the protocol version supported by the software on state of a manual request to change
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 784
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide setting on this radio. WLAN Utilization - Displays the displayed radio. Associated to Peer AP (Assoc peer AP) - The client is associated to a peer switch managed AP. Ad Hoc Rogue (Ad Hoc) - The client was detected as part of an Ad
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 785
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide WLAN Packets Transmitted Dropped - Displays the total packets discarded by the AP prior to transmission on the wireless network. WLAN Bytes Transmitted Dropped - Displays the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 786
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 88-6 reboot wireless ap Description This command is used to request the Switch all the managed APs: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#reboot wireless ap all - Specifies the IP address of the TFTP server. - Enter the IP address, of the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 787
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide here. This string can be up to 64 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To download an image file from the DWL-8600AP to the Switch, through TFTP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# download wireless ap_image
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 788
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ip [acl_num | acl_name ] | ipv6 acl_name | mac acl_name | clear] | bandwidth_limit [down | up] [ | default are created by default. The Switch supports up to 64 networks
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 789
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless network 17 Command: create wireless network 17 Create Network ID : 17 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 89-2 delete wireless network Description This command is used to delete a wireless network configuration
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 790
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide [down | up] [ | default , and Differentiated services (via policy). ip acl_num - Specifies to configure IP-standard or IP-extended type of access list to the network as a client QoS. - Enter the IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 791
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide is recommended when the UWS does not support hardware forwarding acceleration or hardware-based Layer after which the Unicast session keys are changed, here. The default value is 0. hide_ssid - Specifies the SSID, for this network
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 792
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide authentication. radius - Specifies that client MAC addresses will use the RADIUS database for MAC authentication. disable - Specifies that MAC authentication, on the network, will be disabled. This is the default option. radius -
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 793
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide index - Specifies the configured WEP transfer minutes. The default value is 10 minutes. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. pre_authentication - Specifies that WPA2 pre-authentication support for client roaming
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 794
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide must be between 0 and 192. The default value is 0, which means no limit. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. ip_tunnel - Specifies the Layer 3 tunnel feature. The Layer 3 Tunnel feature allows mobile stations to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 795
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure an IP ACL rule to Client QoS on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless access_list ip standard 1 Command: create wireless access_list ip standard 1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless access_list ip
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 796
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless access_list ipv6 ipv6acl Command: create wireless access_list ipv6 ipv6acl Success. DWS-3160-24PC Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure a differentiated service (DiffServ) policy to Client QoS on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 797
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 dist_tunnel enable Command: config wireless network 1 dist_tunnel enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure 802.1X Layer 2 Broadcast/Unicast key's refresh rate on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 798
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 radius accounting enable Command: config wireless network 1 radius accounting enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the redirect mode on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 799
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure the WEP authentication mode on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 wep authentication shared_key Command: config wireless network 1 wep authentication shared_key Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 800
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure the WPA key version on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 wpa versions wpa2 Command: config wireless network 1 wpa versions wpa2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the WPA key value on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 801
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 ip_tunnel state enable Command: config wireless network 1 ip_tunnel state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the Layer 3 tunnel subnet and mask on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 802
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless IP L3 Tunnel Subnet Mask Wireless ARP Suppression Security Mode MAC Authentication RADIUS Use Network Configuration RADIUS Accounting 798 : 1 : ssid1 : 7169 : 2 : Enable : Enable : HTTP : www.dlink
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 803
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide WPA Versions WPA Access Control Down Client QoS Access Control Up Client QoS Diffserv Policy Down Client QoS Diffserv Policy Up DWS-3160-24PC:admin# : WPA2 : TKIP : ASCII : wp4k3y12 : Enable : 120 : 1200 : Shared Key :
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 804
    pushed to all peer Switches. - Enter the IP address, of the specific Switch, that will receive the pushed configuration. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To initiate the configuration push for all peer Switches: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless peer_switch
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 805
    classes, services, and policies in the configuration that the Switch pushes to its peers. By default, this option is enabled. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To include all features in the configuration that the Switch pushes to its peers: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 806
    Success DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display a wireless configuration receive: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless configuration receive Command: show wireless configuration receive Configuration Receive Status Last Configuration Received Peer Switch IP Address Configuration Timestamp DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 807
    of all peer Switches: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless peer_switch Command: show wireless peer_switch IP Address 192.168.69.124 Vendor ID -------D-Link Software Version 4.0.0.1 Protocol Version -------2 Disc. Reason Age IP Poll 0d:00:00:18 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 803
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 808
    Guide To display the detailed status of a specific peer Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless peer_switch 192.168.69.124 Command: show wireless peer_switch 192.168.69.124 IP Address Vendor ID Software Version Protocol Version Discovery Reason Managed AP Count Age : 192.168.69.124 : D-Link
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 809
    124 ap 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 MAC address Peer Switch IP Address IP Address IP Subnet Mask Location Profile Hardware Type : 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 : 192.168.69.124 : 192.168.69.125 : 255.255.255.0 : : 1-Default : hw_dwl8600 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 90-5 show wireless peer_switch ap Description This command is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 810
    00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 MAC address Peer Switch IP Address IP Address IP Subnet Mask Location Profile Hardware Type : 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 : 192.168.69.124 : 192.168.69.125 : 255.255.255.0 : : 1-Default : hw_dwl8600 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 90-6 show wireless peer_switch configuration Description This show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 811
    :36 GMT 2000 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# In the above examples the following display parameters can be noticed: Peer IP Address - Displays the IP address of the peer switch. Configuration Switch IP Address - Displays the peer switch IP address last config received. Configuration Status
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 812
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 91 Wireless Provisioning and Mutual Authentication Command List delete wireless ap_provisioning [ | all] config wireless ap_provision [ [switch [primary | backup] | profile [ | default] |
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 813
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless ap_provisioning all Command: delete wireless ap_provisioning all Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 91-2 config wireless ap_provision Description This command is used to configure the AP provisioning settings
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 814
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_provision 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 switch backup 192.168.69.124 Command: config wireless ap_provision 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 switch backup 192.168.69.124 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the AP profile for a specified AP: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 815
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless certificate_generate Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To initiate the regeneration of the X.509 certificate: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless certificate_generate
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 816
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless certificate_request peer 192.168.69.123 start Command: config wireless certificate_request peer 192.168.69.123 start Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 91-5 config wireless cluster exchange_certificate
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 817
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide with the local copy of the remote device's want to continue? (y/n) y Network Mutual Authentication Mode set. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 91-7 config wireless re_provisioning_unmanaged Description The command is used to configure
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 818
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The re-provisioning is allowed for unmanaged APs. This flag tells the AP whether it can accept provisioning information when it is not managed by a Switch. By default the AP can accept reprovisioning information. If the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 819
    join the cluster. - Enter the IP address of the Switch in a cluster here. start - Specifies to start Switch provisioning. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enabling Switch provisioning: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless switch_provisioning enable Command
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 820
    . Example To display the status of all AP provisioning entries: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_provisioning Command: show wireless ap_provisioning MAC Address Primary Backup Provisioning Time Since (*) Managed AP Switch IP Switch IP Status Last Update 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 192.168
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 821
    Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_provisioning 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 Command: show wireless ap_provisioning 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 MAC address AP IP Address Primary Switch IP Backup Switch IP Mutual Authentication Mode Unmanaged AP Re-provisioning Mode New Primary Switch IP New Backup Switch IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 822
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless switch_provisioning Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the Switch's certificate request status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless switch_provisioning Command: show wireless switch_provisioning Provisioning Switch IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 823
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 92 Wireless QoS Command List create wireless access_list [mac | ip [standard | extended | name ] | ipv6 ] delete wireless access_list [mac | ip [standard
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 824
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide cs6 | cs7 | ef | other ] | flow_label ]] config command is used to create a MAC Access Control List (ACL), an IP ACL, an extended IP ACL, or an IPv6 ACL. The ACLs ensure that only authorized wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 825
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters mac - Specifies to create a MAC ACL identified by its name. - Enter the new MAC ACL name used here. This parameter is a case-sensitive alphanumeric field. This name can be up to 31 characters long. ip -
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 826
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters mac - Specifies to delete a MAC ACL identified by its name. - Enter the MAC ACL name used here. This parameter is a case-sensitive alphanumeric field. This name can be up to 31 characters long. ip - Specifies
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 827
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 1-255>] | service [ip_precedence | ip_tos tos_bit tos_mask < create a new rule for a extended IP ACL. - Enter the new rule number for the new extended IP ACL here. This number must be between
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 828
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide will use. - Enter the custom source Layer 4 port number used here. This value must be between 0 and 65535. dst_layer4_port - Specifies the destination Layer 4 port match condition for the IP ACL rule. domain -
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 829
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide af21 - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set as 'af21'. af22 - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set as 'af22'. af23 - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set as 'af23
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 830
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide other - Specifies to use a custom port number for an IP ACL rule, here. This value must be between 1 and 255. service - Specifies the Service Type match condition for the IP ACL rule. ip_precedence - Specifies the IP precedence field
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 831
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide high-order six bits of the Service Type octet in the IP header. The IP DSCP is configured by a possible selection of one of the DSCP keywords or a numerical values. af11 - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 832
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless access_list ip extended 100 edit_rule 2 protocol igmp Command: config wireless access_list ip extended 100 edit_rule 2 protocol igmp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To delete a rule from an existed IP extended ACL: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 833
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide type - Specifies what action should be taken if a packet port match condition for the IP ACL rule. domain - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called Domain. echo -
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 834
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide condition will use. - Enter the custom destination Layer 4 port number used here. This value must be between 0 and 65535. protocol - Specifies the protocol to filter for a named IP ACL rule, identified by number. The
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 835
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the named IP ACL number used here. This value must be between 1 and 12. edit_rule - Specifies to update a specified rule from a named IP ACL. - Enter the named IP number of the service called TFTP.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 836
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide telnet - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called TELNET. tftp - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 837
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ef - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set as 'ef'. other - Specifies that a custom IP DiffServ Code Point value will be used. - Enter a custom IP DiffServ Code Point value here. This value must be
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 838
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless access_list ip standard [add_rule type [deny | permit] match_every [true | false {srcip srcmask }] | del_rule | edit_rule [type [deny |
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 839
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config wireless access_list ip standard 5 add_rule 3 type deny match_every false srcip 10.20.30.40 srcmask 255.0.0.0 Command: config wireless access_list ip standard 5 add_rule 1 type deny match_every false srcip 10.20
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 840
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ipv6 - Specifies to configure an IPv6 ACL 4 port match condition for the IP ACL rule. domain - Specifies that the source Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called Domain. echo - Specifies
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 841
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the service called FTP. ftpdata - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service keyword. ip - Specifies that the protocol, used to filter for a named IPv6 ACL rule, is IP. icmp
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 842
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the named IPv6 ACL number used 4 port match condition for the IP ACL rule. domain - Specifies that the source Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called Domain. echo - Specifies
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 843
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide telnet - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called TELNET. tftp - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 844
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create a new rule for an existed IPv6 ACL: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless access_list ipv6 aclIpv6-1 add_rule 1 type deny match_every true Command: config wireless access_list ipv6 aclIpv6-1 add_rule 1 type deny match_every true Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 845
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ipv6 | ipx | mplsmcast | mplsucast | netbios | rarp | user_value ] | cos | vlan ]] Parameters mac - Specifies to configure a MAC ACL identified by name.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 846
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the CoS value, for this rule, here. This value must be between 0 and 7. vlan - Specifies the VLAN identifier value for this rule.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 847
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create a new rule for an existed MAC ACL: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless access_list mac aclMac add_rule 1 type permit match_every true Command: config wireless access_list mac aclMac add_rule 1 type permit match_every true Success. DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 848
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide match_all - Specifies the default option. ipv6 - (Optional) Specifies that the Layer 3 protocol used, for this class, is IPv6. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To create a DiffServ class: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 849
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless diffserv class_map cm1 Command: delete wireless diffserv class_map cm1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To delete an existing wireless Diffserv class referenced by one or more policies: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 850
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide default" is reserved and must not be used. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To delete an existing wireless Diffserv policy: DWS-3160-24PC tos_mask | protocol [ip | icmp | igmp | tcp |
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 851
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 128> IP mask of the packet here. dst_layer4_port - Specifies the destination Layer 4 port of a packet, using a single keyword or numeric notation. domain - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port of a packet will use the service
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 852
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide user_value - Specifies that a custom Ethertype value will be used. - Enter the custom Ethertype value used here. This value must be between 0x0600 and 0xFFFF. ip_dscp - Specifies the value of the IP DiffServ Code
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 853
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the source MAC address of a packet here. mask - Specifies the source MAC mask of a packet. - Enter the source MAC mask of a packet here. srcip - Specifies the source IP address of a packet. -
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 854
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide , which is defined as the high-order six bits of the Service Type octet in the IPv6 header. The low-order two bits a numeric value notation. ip - Specifies that the IPv6 Protocol field value will be set as IP. icmp - Specifies that
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 855
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the service called Domain. echo - Specifies that the source Layer 4 port of a packet will use the service DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure a match criterion, source IP address, of an existing wireless DiffServ class: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 856
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the associated traffic stream with the specified class of service value in the priority field of the 802.1p header packets, of the associated traffic stream, with the specified IP DSCP value. af11 - Specifies that the DiffServ Code
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 857
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide af33 - Specifies that the DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field value set_prec_transmit - Specifies that packets are marked by DiffServ with the specified IP Precedence value before being presented to the system's forwarding element upon
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 858
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide cs4 - Specifies that the DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field value will be To change the name of an existing wireless DiffServ policy: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless diffserv policy_map df_policy1 rename df_policy2 Command: config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 859
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless diffserv policy_map df_policy class cm30 action drop Command: config wireless diffserv policy_map df_policy class cm30 action drop Success. DWS-3160-24PC an IP ACL that is identified by its name. - Enter the IP ACL name
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 860
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless access_list mac Command: show wireless access_list mac Current number of all ACLs: 9 Maximum number of all ACLs: 100 MAC ACL Name macacl aclMac Rules ----0 2 Total MAC ACLs: 2 DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 861
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless access_list ip Command: show wireless access_list ip Current number of all ACLs: 9 Maximum number of all ACLs: 100 IP ACL ID/Name Rules 1 0 5 1 100 2 ipacl 0 aclIPNamed-1 2 Total IP ACLs: 5 DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 862
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless access_list ipv6 Command: show wireless access_list ipv6 Current number of all ACLs: 9 Maximum number of all ACLs: 100 IPv6 ACL Name ipv6acl aclIpv6-1 Rules ----0 2 Total IPv6 ACLs: 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 863
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide up to 31 characters long. The name is a case sensitive None. Example To display the wireless DiffServ general status information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless diffserv Command: show wireless diffserv Class Table Size
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 864
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless diffserv class_map class_name cm31 Command: show wireless diffserv class_map class_name cm31 Class Name Class Type Class Layer3 Protocol : cm31 : All : IPv4 Match Criteria Values IP TOS 0x11 (0x22) DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 865
    points known by the Wireless Switch via the RF scan data, obtained from the managed access points. Format delete wireless ap_rf_scan_list Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To delete all entries from the RF scan list: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 866
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 94 Wireless Switch Channel and Power Command List config wireless channel_plan [an | bgn] [mode [interval | manual | time] | interval [ | default] | time [ | default] | history depth [ |
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 867
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide start - Specifies to compute a new proposed wireless channel plan. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the wireless channel plan mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless channel_plan an
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 868
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless power_plan [mode [interval | manual] | interval [ | default] | action [apply | clear | start]] Parameters mode - Specifies the power plan mode for managed APs. interval - Specifies to compute and
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 869
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 94-3 show wireless channel_plan Description This command is Plan Fixed Time (hh:mm) Channel Plan History Depth : Manual : 24 : 00:00 : 10 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 94-4 show wireless channel_plan history Description This command is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 870
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the channel plan history: DWS-3160-24PC proposed - Specifies to display proposed channel plan changes for a manual request to run the channel algorithm. The channel plan type argument
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 871
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless channel_plan proposed an Command: show : 24 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# a. show wireless power_plan proposed Description This command is used to specify the proposed power adjustments for a manual request to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 872
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless power_plan proposed Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the proposed power plan: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless power_plan proposed Command: show wireless power_plan proposed Current Status
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 873
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 95 Wireless Switch Command List enable wireless disable wireless create wireless discovery [ip | vlan ] delete wireless discovery [ip [ | all] | vlan [ | all]] config wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 874
    Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the Wireless Switch functionality: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#enable wireless Command: enable wireless Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-2 disable wireless Description This command is used to disable the Wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 875
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable the Wireless Switch functionality: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#disable wireless Command: disable wireless Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-3 create wireless discovery Description This command is used to add an IP address
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 876
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless discovery vlan 3 Command: create wireless discovery vlan 3 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-4 delete wireless discovery Description This command is used to delete entries from the Layer 3 IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 877
    To enable Layer 3, IP-based, discovery of APs and peer Switches: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless discovery l3 enable Command: config wireless discovery l3 enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable Layer 2, MAC-based, discovery of APs and peer Switches. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 878
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create wireless known_client Parameters C1 Command: create wireless known_client 00-18-DE-D7-B4-C1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-7 delete wireless known_client Description This command is used to delete
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 879
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide will be set as global action. This is also the default value. grant - Specifies that the MAC authentication action, command. Example To configure a known client name: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless known_client 00-18-DE-D7-B4-
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 880
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless known_client 00-18-DE-D7-B4-C1 action deny Command: config wireless known_client 00-18-DE-D7-B4-C1 action deny Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-9 create wireless oui_database Description This command is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 881
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Enter the OUI Value, which is composed of the higher three octets of the Ethernet MAC address of the vendor AP or Client, here. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To delete an OUI value: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 882
    acknowledged. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-13 config wireless agetime Description This command is used to configure database entry age times for the Wireless Switch. A time value of 0 indicates that entries in the corresponding database will not age and that the user must manually delete them
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 883
    : config wireless agetime ap_failure 0 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the default entry age for the AP provisioning status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless agetime ap_provisioning_db default Command: config wireless agetime ap_provisioning_db default Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 879
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 884
    : config wireless ap_authentication enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-15 config wireless ap_auto_upgrade Description This command is used to globally enable or disable the AP automatic upgrade mode on the Switch. This feature will be enforced on all supported APs. When the AP's automatic
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 885
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide option. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the AP automatic upgrade mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_auto_upgrade enable Command: config wireless ap_auto_upgrade enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 886
    ap_validation radius Command: config wireless ap_validation radius Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-18 config wireless auto_ip_assign Description This command is used to enable or disable the automatic IP address assignment mode for the wireless Switch. Use this command to allow the wireless feature
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 887
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the automatic IP assignment feature: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless auto_ip_assign enable Command: config wireless auto_ip_assign enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-19 config wireless client roam_timeout
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 888
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless cluster priority Parameters - Enter the preference level for the Cluster Controller election here. This value must be between 0 and 255. The default value is 1. Restrictions Only
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 889
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless country_code default Command: config wireless country_code default The default country code (US) will be used as a result of this command. The WLAN application is currently enabled. Changing the country
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 890
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the Layer 2 Distributed Tunneling parameters: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless dist_tunnel max_clients 800 idle_timeout 100 max_timeout 300 mcast_repl
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 891
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ip_control_port 57775 Command: config wireless ip_control_port 57775 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-24 config wireless mac_authentication_mode Description This command is used to configure the client
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 892
    . This value must be between 1 and 255. The default value is 1. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the peer Switch group ID: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless peer_group 168 Command: config wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 893
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless radius accounting enable Command: config wireless radius accounting enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-27 config wireless static_ip Description This command is used to configure static IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 894
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide be enabled. disable - Specifies that the specified Wireless Switch SNMP trap default, this option is disabled. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the wireless AP failure trap: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 895
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters 1500 - Specifies that the maximum IP frame size is 1518 tagged and 1522 untagged. 1520 - Specifies that the maximum IP frame size is 1538 tagged and 1542 untagged default - Specifies that the default value will be used.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 896
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-31 show wireless Description This command is used to display the configured wireless Switch's global parameters and the operational status. NOTE: The Switch will take several minutes to elect the Cluster Controller. Format show
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 897
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless Command: show wireless * Wireless Main Status * Module Version : 4.0.0.1 Administrative Mode : Enabled Operational Status : Enabled WS IP Address : 192.168.69.123 WS Auto IP Assign Mode : Enabled WS Switch Static IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 898
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide list. AP Provisioning Database Age Time ( : 24 : 72 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-33 show wireless ap_capability Description This command is used to display AP hardware, image, and dual boot support capabilities. Format show wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 899
    8600AP Dual Radio a/b/g/n : 2 : DLink 8600 AP Radios Radio Radio Type Description VAP Count 802.11a Support 802.11bg Support 802.11n Support : 1 : D-Link DWL-8600 a/n : 16 : Enable : Disable : Enable DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the AP image capability table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 900
    Dual Radio a/b/g/n Dual Boot Support Not Supported Not Supported Supported Supported DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-34 show wireless ap_image availability Description This command is used to display the version information of AP images stored on the Switch. Format show wireless ap_image availability
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 901
    Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless country_code Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the country codes configurable on the wireless Switch: DWS-3160-24PC to display the configured wireless Switch discovery methods, the configured IP polling list for Layer 3 discovery
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 902
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ip_list - Specifies that the Layer 3 discovery IP list and polling status will be DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display information about the configured wireless Switch's IP polling list for Layer 3 discovery: DWS-3160-24PC:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 903
    Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless discovery vlan_list Command: show wireless discovery vlan_list * VLAN List * 1 - default 3 - v3 Total Entries : 2 DWS-3160-24PC and the client is forced to change its IP address. Distributed Tunnel Timeout - Displays the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 904
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless dist_tunnel Command: show wireless dist_tunnel Distributed Tunnel Max Clients : 800 Distributed Tunnel Idle Timeout : 100 Distributed Tunnel Timeout : 300 Distributed Tunnel Max Multicast Replications : 400 DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 905
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless known_client Command: show wireless known_client MAC Address Name Action 00-18-DE-D7-B4-C1 reception deny Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-39 show wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 906
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-40 show wireless multicast tx_rates command. Example To display multicast TX rates of the physical mode, 802.11a: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless multicast tx_rates a Command: show wireless multicast tx_rates a Mode :
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 907
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless multicast tx_rates bg Command: show wireless multicast tx_rates bg Mode : 802.11b/g Valid Rates (Mbps 1 Mbps 2 Mbps 5.5 Mbps 6 Mbps 9 Mbps 11 Mbps 12 Mbps 18 Mbps 24 Mbps 36 Mbps 48 Mbps 54 Mbps DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 908
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless oui_database Command: show wireless oui_database OUI Value 00:00:01 OUI Description D-Link Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-42 show wireless radius Description This command is used
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 909
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters a - Specifies that TX rates of the physical mode, 802.11a, will be displayed. bg - Specifies that TX rates of the physical mode, 802.11b/g, will be displayed. Restrictions None. Example To display TX rates of the physical mode, 802.11a: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 910
    Reference Guide 95-44 show wireless statistics Description This command is used to display the current global wireless Switch's statistics. Format show wireless statistics Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the current global wireless Switch's statistics: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 911
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the configured global wireless Switch's status parameters. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless status Command: show wireless status Total Access Points Managed Access Points Connection Failed
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 912
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide configuration and status. Restrictions None. Example To display the local Switch's summary: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless switch local Command: show wireless switch local Switch IP Address Cluster Priority Total Access Points Managed
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 913
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless switch local client Command: show wireless switch local client Switch IP Address 50.1.1.61 Client MAC Address 70-1A-04-3D-F4-C1 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-47 show wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 914
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-48 show wireless tunnel_mtu Description This command is Restrictions None. Example To display the configured network's MTU size: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless tunnel_mtu Command: show wireless tunnel_mtu tunnel mtu : 1500
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 915
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 96 Wireless WIDS AP RF Security Command List config wireless wids_security wids_security client rogue_det_trap_interval [0 | | default] config wireless wids_security client threat_mitigation [enable | disable]
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 916
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To manage Administrator-configured rogue detections: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security admin_config_rogue enable Command: config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 917
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless wids_security ap_de_auth_attack [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specifies to manage an AP de-authentication attack. disable - Specifies not to manage an AP de-authentication attack. This is the default
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 918
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client auth_with_unknown_ap enable Command: config wireless wids_security client auth_with_unknown_ap enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC requests. This is the default option. disable -
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 919
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters enable - Specifies to enable the test which marks the client as rogue if it exceeds the configured rate for transmitting 802.11 de-authentication requests. This is the default requests: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 920
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client configured_probe_rate enable Command: config wireless wids_security client configured_probe_rate enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96-8 config wireless wids_security client
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 921
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters local - Specifies that the database defined locally. This is the default option. radius_server - Specifies that the database defined on a RADIUS server. default - Specifies that the default failures: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 922
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client oui_database enable Command: config wireless wids_security client oui_database enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC [0 | | default] Parameters 0 - Specifies that the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 923
    Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the rogue detection trap interval: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client rogue_det_trap_interval 3600 Command: config wireless wids_security client rogue_det_trap_interval 3600 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 924
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless wids_security client threshold_auth_failure [ | default] Parameters - Enter the threshold authentication failure value used here. This value must be between 1 and 99999. The default
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 925
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client threshold_interval_auth 60 Command: config wireless wids_security client threshold_interval_auth 60 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96-16 config wireless wids_security client
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 926
    Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide be between 1 and 3600. The default value is 60. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To Specifies the threshold interval for counting the probe message: DWS-3160-24PC:admin
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 927
    99999. The default value is 10. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To Specifies the maximum number of de-authentication messages which a Switch can receive during the threshold interval: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 928
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To Specifies the maximum number of probe messages that a Switch can receive during the threshold interval: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 929
    This is the default option. disable - Specifies not to manage rogue reporting for fake managed AP's detected with a managed SSID. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To manage rogue reporting for fake managed AP's detected with a managed SSID: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 930
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To manage beacons received from fake managed AP without SSID rogue detection: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security fakeman_ap_no_ssid enable Command:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 931
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless wids_security managed_ssid_secu_bad [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specifies to manage managed SSIDs detected with incorrect security configurations. This is the default option. disable - Specifies to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 932
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security rogue_det_trap_interval 3600 Command: config wireless wids_security rogue_det_trap_interval 3600 Success. DWS-3160-24PC WIDS mode. This is the default option. disable - Specifies not
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 933
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide default option. disable - Specifies not to manage managed SSIDs received from unknown rogue APs. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To manage managed SSIDs received from unknown rogue APs: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 934
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 96-30 config wireless wids_security default - Specifies that the default value will be used. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable the wired detection interval: DWS-3160-24PC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 935
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless wids_security Command: show wireless : Enable : Enable : Enable : 300 seconds : 60 seconds : Disable DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96-32 show wireless wids_security client Description This command is used to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 936
    Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless wids_security : 10 : 60 seconds : 10 : 60 seconds : 120 : 5 : Local DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96-33 show wireless wids_security client rogue_test_descriptions Description This command is used to display to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 937
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless wids_security client rogue_test_descriptions Command: show wireless wids_security client rogue_test_descriptions WIDSCLNTROGUE1 : WIDSCLNTROGUE2 : WIDSCLNTROGUE3 : WIDSCLNTROGUE4 : WIDSCLNTROGUE5
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 938
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 96-35 show wireless wids_security rogue_test_descriptions Description This command is used to To report the status of the WIDS feature: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless wids_security rogue_test_descriptions Command: show wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 939
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 97 Password Recovery Command List enable enable the password recovery mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable password_recovery Command: enable password_recovery Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 97-2 disable password_recovery
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 940
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable the password recovery mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable password_recovery Command: disable password_recovery Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 941
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix A IP and MAC information in the ARP packets to attack a LAN (known as ARP spoofing). This document is intended to introduce the ARP protocol, ARP spoofing attacks, and the countermeasures brought by D-Link's switches
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 942
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Table 1. ARP Payload The ARP request will a format of Ethernet broadcast (FFFF-FF-FF-FF-FF). Table 2. Ethernet Frame Format When the Switch receives the frame, it will check the "Source Address" in the Ethernet frame's header. If
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 943
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Figure 2 Figure 3 When PC B replies to the ARP request, its MAC address will be written into "Target H/W Address" in the ARP payload displayed in Table 3.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 944
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Table 3. ARP Payload When PC B replies to the query, the modify the traffic, or stop the traffic altogether (known as a Denial of Service - DoS attack). The principle of ARP spoofing is to send the fake, or spoofed ARP messages to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 945
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Figure 4 Generally, the aim is to associate the attacker's or random MAC address with the IP address of another node (such as the default gateway). Any traffic meant for that IP address would be mistakenly re-directed to the node
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 946
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Figure 5 Likewise, the attacker can either choose to forward the traffic to the actual default discover. Prevent ARP Spoofing via Packet Content ACL D-Link managed switches can effectively mitigate common DoS attacks caused by ARP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 947
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide prevent ARP spoofing attack, we will demonstrate here via using Packet Content ACL on the Switch to block the invalid ARP packets which contain faked gateway's MAC and IP can be supported per Switch. In other words, up to 16
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 948
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Table 7. A Completed ARP Packet Contained in an Ethernet Frame Step and 14th bytes) 6. The second chunk starts from offset 3, 4 mask for Sender IP in ARP packet. (Green in Table 6, 29th and 30th bytes) 7. The third chunk starts from offset
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 949
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix B Password Recovery Procedure This chapter describes the procedure for resetting passwords on D-Link Switches to the default values. If force_agree is specified, the configuration will reset to default without the user
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 950
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Command reset account reset password {} show account Parameters The reset account command deletes all the previously created accounts. The reset password command resets the
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 951
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix C System Log Entries The following table lists all possible entries and their corresponding meanings that will appear in the System Log of this Switch. Category System Event Description System started up System warm
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 952
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Upload/Do wnload Internal Power failed Internal Power is recovered Redundant Power failed Redundant Power is working Side Fan failed Side Fan recovered Firmware upgraded successfully Internal Power failed Internal Power is
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 953
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Configuration download was unsuccessful Configuration successfully uploaded Configuration upload was unsuccessful Log message successfully uploaded Configuration download by console was unsuccessful! (Username: , IP: <
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 954
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Interface Console Log message upload was unsuccessful Firmware successfully uploaded Firmware upload was unsuccessful Port link up Port link down Successful login through Console Log message upload by console was unsuccessful! (
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 955
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Web TELNET SNMP STP Login IP: ) Web session timed out (Username: , IP: ) Successful login through Web(SSL) (Username: , IP: ) Login failed through Web(SSL) (Username: , IP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 956
    DoS SSH AAA DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide created Spanning Tree instance deleted Spanning The source IP is same as Switch's interface IP but the source MAC is different 2. Source IP is the same as the Switch's IP in ARP packet 3. Self IP packet detected
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 957
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide AAA local method method (Username: ) Login failed through SSH Warning Informational Warning Warning Informational Warning Warning Informational Warning Warning There are no IP and MAC if login by console. There are no
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 958
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Successful login through SSH authenticated by AAA server Login failed through SSH authenticated by AAA server Login failed through SSH due to AAA server timeout
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 959
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Port Security MBAC Successful Enable Admin through Console authenticated by AAA server Enable Admin failed through Console authenticated by AAA server Enable Admin failed through
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 960
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the max user limit. IMPB IP and Password Changed The host passes the authentication A host is aged out Unauthenticated IP address encountered and discarded by IP IP-MAC port binding Dynamic IMPB entry is conflict with static ARP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 961
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide number. Gratuitous ARP detected duplicate IP. Detect untrusted DHCP server IP address Safeguard Engine enters NORMAL mode recover from BPDU under attacking state manually Temperature Sensor enter alarm state.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 962
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide CFM Extension Voice VLAN ERPS Command full Wireless client association database full Wireless Ad Hoc client list full Wireless peer Switch managed AP database full Local(Port , Direction:) CFM remote detects
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 963
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Peer Switch Managed AP RF Scan Load Balacing Configurati on Push WIDS Wireless peer Switch client database full Wireless peer Switch discovered Wireless peer Switch failed Wireless peer Switch protocol version unknown Wireless
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 964
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Auto Channel & Power Captive Portal Wireless rogue- complete CP Client Connected: MAC: IP: SwMAC: CPID: Interface: CP Client Disconnected: MAC: IP: SwMAC: CPID:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 965
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix D Trap Entries This table lists the trap logs found on the Switch DHCP server is detected. The same illegal DHCP server IP address detected is just sent once to the trap receivers within the log ceasing unauthorized duration.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 966
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide coldStart warmStart linkDown entity, acting in an agent role, has detected that the ifOperStatus object for one of its communication links is about to enter the down state from some other state (but not from the notPresent state).
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 967
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide wsManagedAPNeighborClientListFull wsAPFailureListFull wsRFScanAPListFull wsClientAssociationDatabaseFull wsPeerSwitchDiscovered wsPeerSwitchFailed wsPeerSwitchUnknownProtocol wsManagedAPDiscovered wsManagedAPFailed
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 968
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide trap signifies that the SNMP entity, acting in an agent role, has detected that the Peer Switch Managed AP database limit has exceeded. A wsClusterControllerElected trap signifies that the SNMP entity, acting in
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 969
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide cpClientConnect cpClientDatabaseFull cpClientDisconnect A cpClientConnect trap signifies that the SNMP entity, acting in an agent role, has detected a client connection. A cpClientDatabaseFull trap signifies that the SNMP
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 970
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix E RADIUS Attributes Assignment The RADIUS Attributes Assignment on the Switch is used in the . Used to assign the 802.1p default priority of the port. 966 Value 171 (DLINK) 4 0-7 Usage Required Required Required
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 971
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide If the user has configured the 802.1p priority attribute of the RADIUS server (for example, priority 7) and the 802.1X, or Host-based authentication is successful, the device will assign the 802.1p default priority (according to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 972
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Vendor-ID Description Defines the vendor. Value 171 (DLINK) Usage Required Vendor-Type Attribute-Specific Field Defines . The vendor specific attributes are added using the D-Link vendor ID (171). Attribute User-Name (1) User-
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 973
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Vendor-Specific (26), D-Link (171), Location (101) Vendor-Specifc (26), D-Link (171), Mode (102) Vendor-Specifc (26), D-Link (171), Profile-ID (103) Vendor-Specifc (26), D-Link (171), Switch-IP (104) Vendor-Specifc (26), D-Link (
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 974
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide (110) 3 - WPA or WPA2 Vendor-Specifc (26), The expected SSID Character string, 0 to Optional "" D-Link . If this attribute is not present then the Client QoS Default ACL Up Type and Name parameters defined in the Type:
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 975
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Vendor-Specific (26), D-Link (171), Client-Policy-Dn (122) Vendor-Specific (26), D-Link is not present then the Client QoS Default Policy Down parameter defined in the Network support 802.1X. The following table indicates the attributes
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 976
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Attribute User-Name (1) User-Password (2) Vendor-Specific (26), D-Link (171), MAC-AuthenticationAction (114) Vendor-Specifc (26), D-Link VLAN (13) 802 VLANID Optional Optional Optional Default None None 0 "" If the global MAC
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 977
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Vendor-Specific (26), WISPr (14122), WISPr-Bandwidth-MaxDown (8) Vendor-Specific (26), WISPr (14122), WISPr-Bandwidth-MaxUp (7) Vendor-Specific (26), D-Link (171), LVL7-Max-Input-Octets (124) Vendor-Specific (26), D-Link (171),
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 978
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Vendor-Specific (26), D-Link (171), LVL7-Captive-PortalGroups (127) Acomma-delimited list of group names that correspond to the configured CP instance configurations. String Optional None. The default group is used if not
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 979
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix F Wireless Switch cluster to support client authenticated roaming. Cluster Controller Election Each Switch in the another Switch. The Switch keeps a list of Cluster priorities and IP addresses for each peer Switch and
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 980
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The decision to transition out of the Cluster Controller state is immediate. If the Switch elects itself as the Cluster Controller immediately. If the Switch elects another Switch as the Cluster Controller, then the decision to
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 981
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide which the AP may establish a connection. The certificates are distributed when the mutual authentication feature is enabled, during AP and Switch provisioning, and triggered by an administrator command. The X.509 mutual certificate
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 982
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The AP auto-generates an X.509 certificate when it . IP Address Assignment The Wireless Switches are assigned IP addresses by the administrator. The routing package is included into the product and the routing is enabled by default.
  • D-Link DWS-3160-24TC | DWS-3160 Series CLI Reference Guide - Page 983
    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide configured static IP address is already being used by the Wireless feature then the Wireless feature is not disabled and service to the wireless clients is not interrupted. IP Tunnel versus MBA and IMPB When Wireless Switches
  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
  • 4
  • 5
  • 6
  • 7
  • 8
  • 9
  • 10
  • 11
  • 12
  • 13
  • 14
  • 15
  • 16
  • 17
  • 18
  • 19
  • 20
  • 21
  • 22
  • 23
  • 24
  • 25
  • 26
  • 27
  • 28
  • 29
  • 30
  • 31
  • 32
  • 33
  • 34
  • 35
  • 36
  • 37
  • 38
  • 39
  • 40
  • 41
  • 42
  • 43
  • 44
  • 45
  • 46
  • 47
  • 48
  • 49
  • 50
  • 51
  • 52
  • 53
  • 54
  • 55
  • 56
  • 57
  • 58
  • 59
  • 60
  • 61
  • 62
  • 63
  • 64
  • 65
  • 66
  • 67
  • 68
  • 69
  • 70
  • 71
  • 72
  • 73
  • 74
  • 75
  • 76
  • 77
  • 78
  • 79
  • 80
  • 81
  • 82
  • 83
  • 84
  • 85
  • 86
  • 87
  • 88
  • 89
  • 90
  • 91
  • 92
  • 93
  • 94
  • 95
  • 96
  • 97
  • 98
  • 99
  • 100
  • 101
  • 102
  • 103
  • 104
  • 105
  • 106
  • 107
  • 108
  • 109
  • 110
  • 111
  • 112
  • 113
  • 114
  • 115
  • 116
  • 117
  • 118
  • 119
  • 120
  • 121
  • 122
  • 123
  • 124
  • 125
  • 126
  • 127
  • 128
  • 129
  • 130
  • 131
  • 132
  • 133
  • 134
  • 135
  • 136
  • 137
  • 138
  • 139
  • 140
  • 141
  • 142
  • 143
  • 144
  • 145
  • 146
  • 147
  • 148
  • 149
  • 150
  • 151
  • 152
  • 153
  • 154
  • 155
  • 156
  • 157
  • 158
  • 159
  • 160
  • 161
  • 162
  • 163
  • 164
  • 165
  • 166
  • 167
  • 168
  • 169
  • 170
  • 171
  • 172
  • 173
  • 174
  • 175
  • 176
  • 177
  • 178
  • 179
  • 180
  • 181
  • 182
  • 183
  • 184
  • 185
  • 186
  • 187
  • 188
  • 189
  • 190
  • 191
  • 192
  • 193
  • 194
  • 195
  • 196
  • 197
  • 198
  • 199
  • 200
  • 201
  • 202
  • 203
  • 204
  • 205
  • 206
  • 207
  • 208
  • 209
  • 210
  • 211
  • 212
  • 213
  • 214
  • 215
  • 216
  • 217
  • 218
  • 219
  • 220
  • 221
  • 222
  • 223
  • 224
  • 225
  • 226
  • 227
  • 228
  • 229
  • 230
  • 231
  • 232
  • 233
  • 234
  • 235
  • 236
  • 237
  • 238
  • 239
  • 240
  • 241
  • 242
  • 243
  • 244
  • 245
  • 246
  • 247
  • 248
  • 249
  • 250
  • 251
  • 252
  • 253
  • 254
  • 255
  • 256
  • 257
  • 258
  • 259
  • 260
  • 261
  • 262
  • 263
  • 264
  • 265
  • 266
  • 267
  • 268
  • 269
  • 270
  • 271
  • 272
  • 273
  • 274
  • 275
  • 276
  • 277
  • 278
  • 279
  • 280
  • 281
  • 282
  • 283
  • 284
  • 285
  • 286
  • 287
  • 288
  • 289
  • 290
  • 291
  • 292
  • 293
  • 294
  • 295
  • 296
  • 297
  • 298
  • 299
  • 300
  • 301
  • 302
  • 303
  • 304
  • 305
  • 306
  • 307
  • 308
  • 309
  • 310
  • 311
  • 312
  • 313
  • 314
  • 315
  • 316
  • 317
  • 318
  • 319
  • 320
  • 321
  • 322
  • 323
  • 324
  • 325
  • 326
  • 327
  • 328
  • 329
  • 330
  • 331
  • 332
  • 333
  • 334
  • 335
  • 336
  • 337
  • 338
  • 339
  • 340
  • 341
  • 342
  • 343
  • 344
  • 345
  • 346
  • 347
  • 348
  • 349
  • 350
  • 351
  • 352
  • 353
  • 354
  • 355
  • 356
  • 357
  • 358
  • 359
  • 360
  • 361
  • 362
  • 363
  • 364
  • 365
  • 366
  • 367
  • 368
  • 369
  • 370
  • 371
  • 372
  • 373
  • 374
  • 375
  • 376
  • 377
  • 378
  • 379
  • 380
  • 381
  • 382
  • 383
  • 384
  • 385
  • 386
  • 387
  • 388
  • 389
  • 390
  • 391
  • 392
  • 393
  • 394
  • 395
  • 396
  • 397
  • 398
  • 399
  • 400
  • 401
  • 402
  • 403
  • 404
  • 405
  • 406
  • 407
  • 408
  • 409
  • 410
  • 411
  • 412
  • 413
  • 414
  • 415
  • 416
  • 417
  • 418
  • 419
  • 420
  • 421
  • 422
  • 423
  • 424
  • 425
  • 426
  • 427
  • 428
  • 429
  • 430
  • 431
  • 432
  • 433
  • 434
  • 435
  • 436
  • 437
  • 438
  • 439
  • 440
  • 441
  • 442
  • 443
  • 444
  • 445
  • 446
  • 447
  • 448
  • 449
  • 450
  • 451
  • 452
  • 453
  • 454
  • 455
  • 456
  • 457
  • 458
  • 459
  • 460
  • 461
  • 462
  • 463
  • 464
  • 465
  • 466
  • 467
  • 468
  • 469
  • 470
  • 471
  • 472
  • 473
  • 474
  • 475
  • 476
  • 477
  • 478
  • 479
  • 480
  • 481
  • 482
  • 483
  • 484
  • 485
  • 486
  • 487
  • 488
  • 489
  • 490
  • 491
  • 492
  • 493
  • 494
  • 495
  • 496
  • 497
  • 498
  • 499
  • 500
  • 501
  • 502
  • 503
  • 504
  • 505
  • 506
  • 507
  • 508
  • 509
  • 510
  • 511
  • 512
  • 513
  • 514
  • 515
  • 516
  • 517
  • 518
  • 519
  • 520
  • 521
  • 522
  • 523
  • 524
  • 525
  • 526
  • 527
  • 528
  • 529
  • 530
  • 531
  • 532
  • 533
  • 534
  • 535
  • 536
  • 537
  • 538
  • 539
  • 540
  • 541
  • 542
  • 543
  • 544
  • 545
  • 546
  • 547
  • 548
  • 549
  • 550
  • 551
  • 552
  • 553
  • 554
  • 555
  • 556
  • 557
  • 558
  • 559
  • 560
  • 561
  • 562
  • 563
  • 564
  • 565
  • 566
  • 567
  • 568
  • 569
  • 570
  • 571
  • 572
  • 573
  • 574
  • 575
  • 576
  • 577
  • 578
  • 579
  • 580
  • 581
  • 582
  • 583
  • 584
  • 585
  • 586
  • 587
  • 588
  • 589
  • 590
  • 591
  • 592
  • 593
  • 594
  • 595
  • 596
  • 597
  • 598
  • 599
  • 600
  • 601
  • 602
  • 603
  • 604
  • 605
  • 606
  • 607
  • 608
  • 609
  • 610
  • 611
  • 612
  • 613
  • 614
  • 615
  • 616
  • 617
  • 618
  • 619
  • 620
  • 621
  • 622
  • 623
  • 624
  • 625
  • 626
  • 627
  • 628
  • 629
  • 630
  • 631
  • 632
  • 633
  • 634
  • 635
  • 636
  • 637
  • 638
  • 639
  • 640
  • 641
  • 642
  • 643
  • 644
  • 645
  • 646
  • 647
  • 648
  • 649
  • 650
  • 651
  • 652
  • 653
  • 654
  • 655
  • 656
  • 657
  • 658
  • 659
  • 660
  • 661
  • 662
  • 663
  • 664
  • 665
  • 666
  • 667
  • 668
  • 669
  • 670
  • 671
  • 672
  • 673
  • 674
  • 675
  • 676
  • 677
  • 678
  • 679
  • 680
  • 681
  • 682
  • 683
  • 684
  • 685
  • 686
  • 687
  • 688
  • 689
  • 690
  • 691
  • 692
  • 693
  • 694
  • 695
  • 696
  • 697
  • 698
  • 699
  • 700
  • 701
  • 702
  • 703
  • 704
  • 705
  • 706
  • 707
  • 708
  • 709
  • 710
  • 711
  • 712
  • 713
  • 714
  • 715
  • 716
  • 717
  • 718
  • 719
  • 720
  • 721
  • 722
  • 723
  • 724
  • 725
  • 726
  • 727
  • 728
  • 729
  • 730
  • 731
  • 732
  • 733
  • 734
  • 735
  • 736
  • 737
  • 738
  • 739
  • 740
  • 741
  • 742
  • 743
  • 744
  • 745
  • 746
  • 747
  • 748
  • 749
  • 750
  • 751
  • 752
  • 753
  • 754
  • 755
  • 756
  • 757
  • 758
  • 759
  • 760
  • 761
  • 762
  • 763
  • 764
  • 765
  • 766
  • 767
  • 768
  • 769
  • 770
  • 771
  • 772
  • 773
  • 774
  • 775
  • 776
  • 777
  • 778
  • 779
  • 780
  • 781
  • 782
  • 783
  • 784
  • 785
  • 786
  • 787
  • 788
  • 789
  • 790
  • 791
  • 792
  • 793
  • 794
  • 795
  • 796
  • 797
  • 798
  • 799
  • 800
  • 801
  • 802
  • 803
  • 804
  • 805
  • 806
  • 807
  • 808
  • 809
  • 810
  • 811
  • 812
  • 813
  • 814
  • 815
  • 816
  • 817
  • 818
  • 819
  • 820
  • 821
  • 822
  • 823
  • 824
  • 825
  • 826
  • 827
  • 828
  • 829
  • 830
  • 831
  • 832
  • 833
  • 834
  • 835
  • 836
  • 837
  • 838
  • 839
  • 840
  • 841
  • 842
  • 843
  • 844
  • 845
  • 846
  • 847
  • 848
  • 849
  • 850
  • 851
  • 852
  • 853
  • 854
  • 855
  • 856
  • 857
  • 858
  • 859
  • 860
  • 861
  • 862
  • 863
  • 864
  • 865
  • 866
  • 867
  • 868
  • 869
  • 870
  • 871
  • 872
  • 873
  • 874
  • 875
  • 876
  • 877
  • 878
  • 879
  • 880
  • 881
  • 882
  • 883
  • 884
  • 885
  • 886
  • 887
  • 888
  • 889
  • 890
  • 891
  • 892
  • 893
  • 894
  • 895
  • 896
  • 897
  • 898
  • 899
  • 900
  • 901
  • 902
  • 903
  • 904
  • 905
  • 906
  • 907
  • 908
  • 909
  • 910
  • 911
  • 912
  • 913
  • 914
  • 915
  • 916
  • 917
  • 918
  • 919
  • 920
  • 921
  • 922
  • 923
  • 924
  • 925
  • 926
  • 927
  • 928
  • 929
  • 930
  • 931
  • 932
  • 933
  • 934
  • 935
  • 936
  • 937
  • 938
  • 939
  • 940
  • 941
  • 942
  • 943
  • 944
  • 945
  • 946
  • 947
  • 948
  • 949
  • 950
  • 951
  • 952
  • 953
  • 954
  • 955
  • 956
  • 957
  • 958
  • 959
  • 960
  • 961
  • 962
  • 963
  • 964
  • 965
  • 966
  • 967
  • 968
  • 969
  • 970
  • 971
  • 972
  • 973
  • 974
  • 975
  • 976
  • 977
  • 978
  • 979
  • 980
  • 981
  • 982
  • 983